Школьникам, абитуриентам,
учащимся
А. С. Сушкевич
М. А. Маглыш
АНГЛ1Л1ЛСКИИ
ЯЗЫК
Устные темы
с упражнениями
English Topics
ШКОЛЬНИКАМ. АБИТУРИЕНТАМ, УЧАЩИМСЯ
А. С. Сушкевич
М.А. Маглыш
АНГЛИЙСКИЙ
ЯЗЫК
с упражнениями
English Topics
(for perfect
speaking)
12-е издание
Минск
•АХбРСЭФ»
2011
УДК 811.111(075.3)
ББК 81.2Англ-922
С89
Серия основана в 1999 году
Рецензент
профессор кафедры фонетики английского языка
Минского лингвистического университета
И.И.Панова
Рекомендовано
Научно-методическим центром учебной книги
и средств обучения Министерства образования
Республики Беларусь
Сушкевич, А. С.
С89 Английский язык : устные темы с упражнения-
ми/А. С. Сушкевич, М. А. Маглыш. — 12-е изд. —
Минск : Аверсэв, 2011. — 255с. — (Школьникам,
абитуриентам, учащимся).
ISBN 978-985-529-708-7.
Сборник устных тем предназначен для учащихся общеоб-
разовательных школ, абитуриентов и всех изучающих анг-
лийский язык. Предлагается широкий выбор программных
тем и упражнений для самостоятельной работы по совершен-
ствованию навыков устной речи.
УДК 811.111(075.3)
ББК 81.2Англ-922
ISBN 978-985-529-708-7
© Сушкевич А. С., Маглыш М. А., 1999
© Оформление. ОДО «Аверсэв», 1999
Предисловие
Данное пособие предназначено для учащих-
ся общеобразовательных школ, абитуриентов,
а также для всех изучающих английский язык
самостоятельно.
Пособие представляет собой сборник устных
тем, которые обсуждаются на уроках англий-
ского языка в соответствии с требованиями
Программ по английскому языку для общеоб-
разовательных школ. Пособие состоит из трех
разделов, включающих темы разного уровня
сложности:
□	Раздел I для начинающих
□	Раздел П для продолжающих изучать анг-
лийский язык
□	Раздел III для совершенствующих навы-
ки устной речи и абитуриентов.
Устные темы снабжены словарем и ком-
плексом упражнений на проверку понимания
содержания темы, лексическую догадку и за-
крепление лексики, развитие навыков устной
речи. Целью пособия является подготовка уча-
3
щихся к самостоятельному высказыванию по
одной из предложенных тем, ведению беседы
по данной теме и выражению собственного мне-
ния. Разделение тем во П и Ш разделах ус-
ловно. Темы из раздела Ш могут быть исполь-
зованы учащимися 9, 10, 11 классов общеобра-
зовательных школ и как информационные
тексты для чтения по данной теме с последу-
ющим упрощением.
Раздел I
Topics. Elementary Level
About myself
Hello!
My name is Kate. My surname is Pavlova. I’m
seven. I live in Minsk, in Pushkin street. I go to
school number 214. I’m in the first form.
I’ve got a family. It is small. We are a family
of four. I’ve got a father, a mother and a brother.
I haven’t got a sister. My father is.an engineer.
He works in a plant. My mother is a teacher. She
works at school. My brother is little. He doesn’t
go to school. He goes to a kindergarten. He is
four.
I like to play. I have got many toys. I have got
a teddy-bear, dolls, a ball, a toy monkey and a
doll’s house. I like the doll’s house very much. It
is big. It is pink and nice.
We have got a cat. It is small and grey. It is
very nice. It has big blue eyes, a funny nose, a
small mouth.and sharp teeth. Its ears are small.
It can play hide-and-seek. I love my Cat. It loves
me, too.
I go to school. I’m a pupil. I have got many
friends. We have our classroom. It is nice and
large. You can see twelve desks, many chairs, our
5
teacher’s table, a blackboard, two bookcases in
the classroom. At the lessons we have pens, pencils,
pencil-boxes or pencil-cases, rulers, erasers,
textbooks, exercise-books, record-books on the
desks.
I like to read. I can read well. I like fairytales.
They are very interesting. I like «Cinderella»
and «Pinocchio» best.
Bye!
People in the Family
My name is Helen. I’m nine. I’m from Minsk.
I’ve got a mother, a father and a sister. So we are
a family of four.
My sister’s name is Kitty. She is three. She is
a nice funny little girl. I like to play with her. We
play hide-and-seek and tag. Kitty has got many
toys: dolls, balls, toy animals. We often play with
her toys.
My father and my mother are very busy. My
father works in a plant. He is an engineer. My
mother is a teacher. She works at school and
teaches children English. Her pupils love her. I
want to be a teacher, too. I like to go to school.
It’s interesting.
When my parents are at work my Granny looks
after my sister and me. She cooks us tasty dinner
and takes us for a walk. She is very kind. I love
her very much.
We have got a lot of relatives: cousins, aunts
and uncles, because my Granny has a son and two
daughters, five grandchildren, two nieces and one
6
nephew. But they don’t live in Minsk. They live
in different towns. They come to see us and we
usually have a good time together.
I’m happy to have such a family.
Vocabulary
aunt n.	[a:nt]
be busy	['bizi]
cook v.	[kuk]
cousin n.	[kXzn]
different a.	['difarant]
dinner n.	[ 'dina]
engineer n.	[endp'ma]
family n.	[ faemih]
grandchildren n.	[ 'graentjildran]
have a good time	
hide-and-seek n,	['haidand'siik]
interesting a.	[ 'mtnstnj]
kind a.	[kaind]
look after v.	['luk'arfta]
nephew n.	[ 'nevju:]
niece n.	[ni:s]
parents n.	['pearants]
people n.	l'pi:pl]
plant n.	[plaint]
relative n.	[ relativ]
such a.	[SAtj]
tag n.	[tag]
take for a walk	[wo:k]
tasty a.	[ teisti]
teach (taught, taught) v.	[tirtf]
town n.	[ taun]
uncle n.	[Afjkl]
usually	['ju:3di]
тётя
быть занятым
стряпать, готовить, варить
двоюродный брат (сестра)
различный, разный
обед
инженер
семья
внуки
хорошо проводить время
прятки
интересный
добрый
заботиться, следить
племянник
племянница
родители
люди
завод
родственник
такой
салочки
выводить на прогулку
вкусный
учить
город
дядя
обычно
I. Ответьте на вопросы.
1.	What is your name?
2.	How old are you?
7
3.	Where are you from?
4.	Have you got a family?
5.	Are you a family of four or three?
6.	Have you got a sister or a brother?
7.	What is her (his) name?
8.	How old is she (he)?
9.	Do you like to play with your sister (frother)?
10.	What is she (he)?
11.	What is your father’s name?
12.	What is he?
13.	Where does he work?
14.	What is your mother’s name?
15.	What is she?
16.	Where does she work?
17.	Have you got other relatives?
18.	What can you tell us about your relatives?
19.	Do you love your family? Why?
II. Расскажите о своей семье.
Му name is .... I am .... I am from .... I have
got ... . So we are a family of ... . My ... name is
... . She (He) is ... . She (He) is a ... girl (boy). I
(don’t) like to play with her (him). We play... .
My father and mother are very busy. My father
works in (at) a... .He is a ... . My mother is a ... .
She works in (at) a .... I want to be a .... It is
interesting.
When my parents are at work, my Granny looks
after my ... and me. She cooks us tasty ... and
takes us for a walk. She is very ... .1 love her
very much.
We have (haven’t) got a lot of relatives: ..., ...,
... .They (don’t) live in ... . They come to see us
and we usually have a good time. I am happy to
have such a family.
8
My Flat
My name is Tanya. I live in Minsk, the capital
of Belarus. I live in Gerasimenko street in a large
nine-storeyed house. Our flat is on the eighth
floor. Our flat is not large but it is very cosy.
There ape two rooms in our flat. There is a living-
room and a bedroom in our flat. There is a kitchen,
a bathroom and a toilet there, too.
Our living-room is light and comfortable.
There is only one window in it, but it’s very large.
There is modern furniture in our living-room.
There is a wall-unit, a TV-set, a sofa, two armchairs
and a table in the room. There is a large carpet on
the floor. But there is no carpet on the wall.
There are some pictures on the walls. I like to
watch TV in the living-room and to play or talk
with my parents in the evening there.
Our kitchen is small, but it is nice. There is a
cooker there, a refrigerator, a table and four chairs.
We have meals in the kitchen and my mother
cooks tasty things there.
Our bathroom is clean and nice. We wash hands
and face, clean teeth in the bathroom. There is a
bath and a sink with hot and cold water taps there.
I like to be at home, to play, to read books.
There are a lot of books in our flat. I help my
parents about the house and our flat is always
clean and nice. I think, there is no place like home.
Vocabulary
armchair n.
avenue n.
bath n.
['aim'tjea]
[ 'aevinju:]
[ba:OJ
кресло
проспект
ванна
9
bathroom n.	[ ba:0ium]	ванная
bedroom n.	['bedrum]	спальня
capital n.	[ 'kaepitl]	столица
carpet n.	['kazpit]	ковёр
comfortable a.	['kAmfatabl]	удобный
cooker n.	['kuka]	кухонная плита
cosy a.	[ 'kauzi]	уютный
dining-room n.	[ 'damn) rum]	столовая
flat n.	[flat]	квартира
floor n.	[flo:]	пол, этаж
furniture n.	['fozmtfa]	мебель, обстановка
house n.	[haus]	дом
kitchen n.	[ 'kitfan]	кухня
light a.	[lait]	светлый
live v.	[hv]	жить
living-room n.	['hvirfrum]	гостиная, общая комната
meal n.	[mi:l]	еда, приём пищи
modern a.	[ 'mudan]	современный
nine-storeyed	['nain stand]	девятиэтажный
refrigerator n. (fridge)	[n'fncfcareita]	холодильник
room n.	[rum]	комната
sink n.	[sirjk]	раковина
sitting-room n.	[ 'sitigrum]	гостиная
sofa n.	[ 'saufa]	диван, софа
street n.	['strizt]	улица
tap n.	[tap]	кран
TV-set n.	[ 'ti:vi: set]	телевизор
wall unit n.	['wal'jirmt]	комбинированный шкаф,
		секция
wash v.	[wnj]	умываться
window n.	['Windau]	окно
I. Заполните пропуски подходящими по смыслу
словами.
1.	The flat is not ... but it is very ... .
2.	There is modern ... in our ...-room.
3.	We have ... rooms in our ... .
4.	There is a ... and a ... with hot and cold water ...
in the bathroom.
5.	I think, there is no ... like ....
10
И. Согласитесь или исправьте неверные пред-
ложения.
1.	There are three rooms in our flat. There is a
living-room, a bedroom and my room.
2.	There is only one window in the living-room and
it is very small.
3.	There is a large carpet on the floor and another
one is on the wall.
4.	My mother cooks tasty things in the bathroom.
5.	We wash our face and hands, clean teeth in the
kitchen.
III.	Переведите на английский язык.
1.	Наша квартира на третьем этаже.
2.	Наша гостиная светлая и удобная.
3.	На кухне есть плита, холодильник, стол и
четыре стула.
4.	В ванной есть ванна, краны с горячей и
холодной водой и раковина.
5.	Я помогаю маме по дому.
IV.	Ответьте на вопросы.
1.	Where do you live?
2.	Do you live in a large or a small house?
3.	Is your flat comfortable?
4.	Is your room cosy?
5.	How many rooms are there in your flat?
6.	What are they?
7.	You have got a kitchen and a bathroom, haven’t you?
8.	Have you got modern furniture?
9.	What is there in your living-room?
10.	Will you describe your room?
11.	Is your kitchen large or small?
12.	What furniture is there in the kitchen?
13.	What do you do in the kitchen?
14.	What is there in your bathroom?
11
15.	Do you like your flat?
16.	What do you usually do at home?
V. Расскажите о квартире (доме), где вы живёте.
Daily Life
I’m Jane. I’m nine. I’m a pupil of the third
form. I go to school every day.
I usually get up at 7 o’clock. Then I do
exercises, take a shower, wash my face and hands,
clean teeth and dress. Then I have breakfast and
go to school.
At 8 o’clock my classes begin. We usually have
five lessons. We have lunch at school after the
second lesson. When the lessons are over I go home.
I come home at one o’clock. I wash my hands
and have dinner. It is always very tasty. After
dinner I go for a walk or read books.
Sometimes I watch TV when an interesting
film is on. At 4 o’clock I do my homework.
At 6 o’clock I have supper. In the evening I
help my parents about the house, play chess or
computer games with my father, read, watch TV
or play with my friends.
At 9 o’clock I go to bed.
I like the proverb, «Never put off till tomorrow
what you can do today». So I try to do everything
in time;
Vocabulary
always adv.
at ... o’clock
be on (was, were) v.
['□:lw9z]
[o'kJnk]
всегда
в ... часов
идти (о фильме)
12
be over и.
begin (began) v.
classes n,
clean teeth
come home (came)
daily a.
do exercises (did)
do homework (did)
do in time
dress v.
evening n.
every a.
everything
get up (got) v.
go for a walk (went)
go to bed
help about the house
lesson n.
life n.
play chess
proverb л.
sometimes adv.
take a shower (took)
try v.
wash v.
watch TV v.
[ 9UV0]
[bi gin]
| 'klaisiz]
[klkn’tiiO]
[ клт'Ьэит]
['deili]
[du'eksosaiz]
[du'houmw3:kj
[dres]
[Lvmr)]
[ evn]
[ 'evnOirj]
[getAp]
[ 'wo:k]
['gauto'bed]
[lesn]
[lain
[tjes]
[рГОУЭЬ]
[ 'sAmtaimz]
[ 'teiks 'Jaua]
[trai]
[woj]
[ wotTtiivi:]
заканчиваться)
начинать(ся)
занятия, уроки
чистить зубы
приходить домой
ежедневный
делать зарядку
делать домашнюю работу,
уроки
делать вовремя
одеваться
вечер
каждый
всё
вставать, просыпаться
ходить на прогулку
ложиться спать
помогать по дому
урок
жизнь
играть в шахматы
пословица
иногда
принимать душ
пробовать, пытаться
умываться, мыть(ся)
смотреть телевизор
I. Вставьте пропущенные слова.
1.	I am a pupil of the ...... .
2.	I ... get up at 7 o’clock.
3.	At 8 o’clock my ... begin.
4.	When the lessons.........I go home.
5.	At 4 o’clock I do my ....
6.	I ... to do ... in time.
II. Согласитесь или исправьте неверные утвер-
ждения.
1.	I go to school every day.
2.	After breakfast I go to the swimming pool.
13
3.	We have lunch at home after the second lesson.
4.	After dinner I do exercises.
5.	At 9 o’clock in the evening I go for a walk.
6.	I try to do everything in time.
HI. Переведите на английский язык.
1.	Затем я делаю зарядку, принимаю £уш, мою
лицо и руки, чищу зубы и одеваюсь.
2.	Обычно у нас пять уроков.
3.	Я прихожу домой в час, мою руки и обедаю.
4.	Иногда я смотрю телевизор, если идёт инте-
ресный фильм.
5.	Вечером я помогаю своим родителям по дому,
играю в шахматы или в компьютерные игры
с папой, читаю книги, смотрю телевизор или
играю со своими друзьями.
6.	Мне нравится пословица: «Не откладывай на
завтра то, что можно сделать сегодня.»
IV. Расскажите о своём рабочем дне. Вопросы
помогут вам.
1.	Are you a pupil?
2.	When do you usually get up?
3.	What do you do before breakfast?
4.	Do you have breakfast before you go to school?
5.	When do your classes begin?
6.	How many lessons do you have every day?
7.	When do you have lunch?
8.	Do you come home at 1 o’clock?
9.	When do you usually have dinner?
10.	What do you usually do after dinner?
11.	When do you do your homework?
12.	Dp you help your parents about the house?
13.	What do you like to do in the evening after supper?
14.	When do you usually go to bed?
15.	Do you try to do everything in time?
14
At the English Lesson
I have English on Monday, Wednesday and
Thursday. English is usually the second lesson.
At the English lesson we speak, read and
write. We speak about school, pupils and
teachers, about lessons, animals and nature,
about our friends, sports and games. We read
books and stories about children, nature, school
life and so on. We write letters, words, sentences,
exercises and dictations.
We play at English, too. We sing songs and
learn poems.
I like English. I can read and write well, but I
can’t speak English well yet.
Vocabulary
dictation n.	[dik'teijh]	диктант
English n.	['адкЛ	английский язык
exercise n.	['eksosaiz]	упражнение
Friday n.	[ 'fraidi]	пятница
learn v.	[h:n]	учить
lesson n.	[lesn]	урок
letter n.	[ 'leta]	буква
Monday n.	[ 'mAndi]	понедельник
poem n.	[ pouim]	стихотворение
Saturday n.	['saetodi]	суббота
sentence n.	['sentons]	предложение
speak v.	[spi:k]	говорить
Thursday n.	['03:zdi]	четверг
Tuesday n.	['tjuzzdi]	вторник
Wednesday n.	[ wenzdi]	среда
word n.	[ward]	слово
I. Вставьте пропущенные слова.
1.	I have English on ...,..., ....
2.	At English we ..., ... and ... .
15
3.	We ... English songs and ... poems.
4.	I can read and ... well, but I can’t ... English
well yet.
II. Согласитесь или исправьте неверные пред-
ложения.
1.	English is usually the second lessont
2.	We write letters, words, sentences, exercises,
dictations and stories.
3.	We play at English, too.
4.	I can sing and write well, but I can’t speak
English well.
III.	Переведите предложения на английский
язык.
1.	Уроки английского языка у меня обычно по
понедельникам, средам и четвергам.
2.	Мы говорим о школе, учениках и учителях,
об уроках, животных и природе, о наших дру-
зьях, спорте и играх.
3.	Я люблю английский.
4.	Я могу хорошо читать и писать, но пока не
очень хорошо говорю по-английски.
IV.	Ответьте на вопросы.
1.	When do you have English?
2.	Is English usually the first lesson?
3.	What do you do at the English lesson?
4.	What do you speak and read about?
5.	You write letters, words, sentences, exercises,
dictations, don’t you?
6.	Do you play, sing songs or learn poems at your
English lessons?
7.	Do you like English?
8.	Can you speak English well?
16
Books
It goes without saying, books are our teachers
and friends. They teach us to be kind, clever,
polite, hardworking, friendly. Books help us to
learn more about nature, the world around us and
many other interesting things.
There are a lot of books on history, about
animals, travellers, children, school and so on.
Children like to read adventure and magic books,
science fiction and detective stories. They enjoy
stories, short stories, novels, fairy-tales, fables and
poems.
We must keep books clean and tidy. We must
not spoil them.
I am fond of reading, too. I like to read fairy-
tales. My favourite book is «Mary Poppins». The
author of the book is Pamela Travers. She is a
famous English writer. The book tells us about
wonderful adventures of children with their
magic nurse Mary Poppins. She is my favourite
character. She is kind and strict at the same time,
joyful and tactful, well-bred and very pretty. Mary
Poppins is popular with children.
Vocabulary
adventure п.	(ad'ventfaj
author п.	[o:0qJ
be fond of v.	
character n.	[ 'kaenkta]
detective story	[di'tektiv]
enjoy v.	[in'dsoi]
fable n.	['feibl]
fairy-tale n.	[feanteil]
famous a.	[ Teimas]
приключение
автор
любить
персонаж, герой
детектив (рассказ)
получать удовольствие
басня
сказка
известный
17
favourite a.
hardworking a.
magic a.
novel n.
poem n.
polite a.
popular a.
science fiction
spoil v.
tactfu a.
tidy a.
well-bred a.
[ feivant]
['herd, W3:kuj]
['maecfeik]
[ nuval]
[ 'pauim]
[po'lait]
[ 'pDpjub]
['saians'fikjbn]
[spoil]
[ 'taektfui]
[ 'taidi]
[ wel'bred]
wonderful а.
writer п.
['wAndofu]
[ 'raito]
любимый
трудолюбивый
волшебный
роман
стихотворение
вежливый
популярный
научная фантастика
портить
тактичный
опрятный, аккуратный
получивший хорошее
воспитание
чудесный, прекрасный
писатель
I. Согласитесь или исправьте неверные утвер-
ждения.
1.	It goes without saying, books are our teachers
and friends.
2.	They help us to learn more about nature, the
world around us and many other things.
3.	I don’t like reading.
4.	The author of the book «Mary Poppins» is Alan
Milne.
II. Ответьте на вопросы.
1.	Do you agree that books are our teachers and
friends?
2.	Why do you think so?
3.	What books do children read?
4.	What books do they enjoy?
5.	Must we keep or spoil books?
6.	Are you fond of reading?
7.	What is your favourite book?
8.	Who is the author of the book?
9.	What is the book about?
10.	Who is your favourite character? Why?
18
III. Заполните пропуски подходящими по смыс-
лу словами.
I am fond of reading. I like to read ... (books).
My favourite book is ... . The author of the book
is ... . He (she) is a famous ... writer. The book
tells us about .... My favourite character is ... .
She (he) is popular with children. She (he) is ...
(brave, strong, funny etc.).
IV. Переведите предложения на английский
язык.
1.	Само собой разумеется, что книги — наши учи-
теля и друзья.
2.	Дети любят читать книги о приключениях и
волшебстве, научную фантастику и детективы.
3.	Книги помогают нам больше узнать о приро-
де, о мире вокруг нас и о многих других ве-
щах.
4.	Книги должны быть чистыми и аккуратны-
ми. Мы не должны портить их.
Food
I usually have four meals a day. In the morning
I have breakfast. At school I have lunch. At home
I have dinner and in the evening I have supper.
Besides, I like to eat an apple or a banana, or to
drink a glass of juice between meals, if I’m thirsty.
Yesterday I got up at 7 o’clock, washed, cleaned
teeth and dressed. Then I had breakfast. I had
mashed potatoes with meat, a cheese sandwich
and a cup of tea for breakfast. At school we had
a pie and a glass of orange juice. I’m always
hungry when I come home after school. Yesterday
19
my mother, cooked cabbage soup, roast chicken
and rice, made pudding and tea. It was so tasty.
I ate everything with pleasure.
For supper we had pancakes with jam and sour
cream. These are my favourite things.
My mother thinks that an apple a day keeps
the doctor away. That’s why she buys-fruit and
vegetables every day. Yesterday she bought
oranges and kiwi. I have a sweet tooth and my
parents often buy me ice-cream, sweets, chocolate,
cakes, cookies and other tasty things. I like them
very much.
Vocabulary
be hungry u.
be thirsty v.
besides adv.
between prep.
different a.
favourite a.
have a sweet tooth
have breakfast v.
have dinner v.
have lunch v.
have supper v.
mashed potatoes
meal n.
pancake n.
roast a.
sour cream n.
tasty a.
[Ълддп]	быть голодным
['03:sti]	хотеть пить
[bi'saidz]	кроме (того), помимо
[bi'twim]	между
[ 'difarant]	различный, разный
[ 'feivant]	любимый
быть сластёной
[ 'brekfast]	завтракать
[ 'din»]	обедать
[lAntf]	завтракать	(второй	раз)
[ 'SApa]	ужинать
[ шжДрэ teitauz] картофельное пюре
	принятие пищи, еда
[ paenkeik]	блин, оладья
[ 'raust]	жареный
['saua'kriim]	сметана
[' teisti]	вкусный
I. Вставьте пропущенные слова.
1.	I usually have...a day.
2.	... I like to eat an apple or a banana, or to drink
a glass of juice ... meals, if I’m ....
3.	I’m always ... when I come home after school.
4.	For supper we had ... with jam and .
20
II. Согласитесь или исправьте неверные утвер-
ждения.
1.	In the morning I have supper.
2.	I had mashed potatoes with meat, a hamburger
and a cup of tea for breakfast.
3.	Yesterday my mother cooked cabbage soup, roast
chicken and rice and made pudding and tea.
4.	My mother thinks that a potato a day keeps the
driver away.
III.	Переведите на английский язык.
1.	Я обычно кушаю четыре раза в день.
2.	Кроме того, я люблю съесть яблоко, банан или
выпить стакан сока, если я хочу пить.
3.	В школе нам давали пирожок и стакан апель-
синового сока.
4.	Я съел всё с удовольствием.
5.	Я сластёна.
6.	Кушай по яблоку в день, и доктор не понадо-
биться.
IV.	Расскажи о себе. Вопросы помогут тебе.
1.	How many meals a day do you have?
2.	Where and when do you have breakfast (lunch,
dinner, supper)?
3.	What did you have for breakfast (lunch, dinner,
supper) yesterday?
4.	What do you like to eat when you are hungry?
5.	What do you like to drink when you are thirsty?
6.	Do you like fruit and vegetables? Why?
7.	Do you have a sweet tooth? What do you like to eat?
Holidays
I think all people like holidays, because they
don’t work and have a good time. They can visit
21
their friends and relatives, invite guests and have
a lot of fun.
There are many different holidays. On the first
of January we celebrate New Year. On the seventh
of January and the twenty-fifth of December we
have Christmas. The twenty-third of February is
the Day of the Defenders of the Motherland or
the Army Day. On the eighth of March we
congratulate our mothers, grandmothers, sisters
and all the women with their holiday. Then comes
Easter and Radonitsa. The first of May is the
Labour Day. The ninth of May is Victory Day.
The third of July is Independence Day. Then
comes the seventh of November, the day of the
October Revolution and so on.
But our favourite holidays are Christmas and New
Year. They are full of magic, presents and hopes.
Every year we have a New Year tree and decorate
it with toys, tinsel and coloured lights. We send
and get many greeting cards. We buy and give
presents to our dearest and nearest. I like to get
presents. Last year my parents gave me a
wonderful game and many tasty things as a
present. Next year I would like to get a puppy,
because I like pets and I want to take care of
somebody. Puppies are so charming. I’m going
to make something with my own hands for my
Mum, Dad, Granddad and Granny.
We usually have a holiday supper witjh many
tasty things. When.the clock strikes twelve the
grown-ups drink a toast to the New Year and
wish «Happy New Year» to each other. Then we
dance, sing songs, watch holiday TV or go for a
walk and play games. I think it is the best holiday.
22
Vocabulary
and so on	[send sou an]	и так далее
because cj.	[bi'knz]	так как, потому что
celebrate v.	[ sehbreit]	праздновать
charming a.		очаровательный, прелестный
Christmas n.	[ krismas]	Рождество
congratulate v.	[кэп grzetjuleit]	поздравлять
decorate u.	['dekareit]	украшать
defender n.	[di'fenda]	защитник
Easter n.	['i:sta]	пасха
greeting card	[ 'gri:tirfka:d]	поздравительная открытка
guest n.	[gest]	гость
holiday n.	[ 'hnladi]	праздник
hope n.	[haup]	надежда
I would like	[ ai wad'Iaik]	я бы хотел(а)
I’m going	[gauirj]	я собираюсь
invite v.	[m'vait]	приглашать
light n.	[lait]	огонёк
magic a.	[ maedjik]	волшебный
Motherland n.	['mAdalaend]	Отечество, Родина
present n.	[ preznt]	подарок
strike (struck) v.	[straik]	бить (о часах)
take care of	['teik'kear at]	заботиться о
the dearest and nearest	['dianstand'manst] самые близкие и дорогие	
the Labour Day	[' leiba]	День Труда
the October Revolution	[ok'tauba reva'ljufn] Октябрьская революция	
the Victory Day	[ viktan]	День Победы
tinsel n.	[ 'tinsal]	блёстки, мишура
toast n:	[taust]	тост *
visit v.	[ Vizit]	навещать
with my own hands	[aun]	своими руками
wonderful a.	[ WAndaful]	удивительный,
замечательный
I. Вставьте пропущенные слова.
1.	They can ... their friends and relatives,.
and have a lot of fun.
2.	On the first of January we ... New Year.
3.	On the eighth of March we ... our mothers,
grandmothers, sisters and all women with their....
23
4.	But our ... holidays are ... and ....
5.	We send and get many.......
6.	We buy and give presents to our ... and ....
II. Согласитесь или исправьте неверные утвер-
ждения.
1.	I think people don’t like holidays, because they
must work and have a good time.
2.	There are no holiday in our country.
3.	The twenty-third of February is the Day of the
Defenders of the Motherland.
4.	The first of May is the Victory Day.
5.	Every year we have a New Year tree and decorate
it with fruit and vegetables.
6.	When the clock strikes ten we have a toast to
the New Year and wish «Merry Christmas».
III.	Переведите на английский язык.
1.	Существует много различных праздников.
2.	7 января и 25 декабря мы празднуем Рождество.
3.	3 июля — День Независимости.
4.	7 ноября — День октябрьской революции.
5.	Рождество и Новый год полны волшебства,
подарков и надежд.
6.	В прошлом году родители подарили мне заме-
чательную игру и много разных вкусных вещей.
7.	Мы танцуем, поём песни, смотрим празднич-
ные передачи по телевизору или идём гулять.
IV.	Ответьте на вопросы.
1.	Do you like holidays? Why?
2.	What holidays do you know?
3.	What is your favourite holiday?
4.	How do you decorate your house on Christmas
and New Year?
5.	Do you give or get presents?
24
6.	What presents did you get last time?
7.	What do you usually do on a holiday?
Victory Day
Every year on the ninth of May all the people
in our country celebrate Victory Day. The 9th of
May was the final day of the Great Patriotic War.
It was in 1945. That war began on the twenty-
second of June 1941. People from Belarus, Russia,
the Ukraine and other countries fought against
nazis. England, the USA, France and Poland took
part in that war, too. Many people were killed.
There are many monuments and Victory
memorials in our country. Every year in spring
we put flowers to the monuments to honour the
memory of the war heroes. We congratulate war
veterans and give them flowers, too.
Vocabulary
against prep.
celebrate v.
fight (fought) u.
final day
flower n.
Great Patriotic War
kill’ v.
memorial n.
monument n.
nazi n.
take part {took)
против, с
праздновать
сражаться, вести бой
последний день
цветок
[o'gemst]
[ 'sehbreit]
['fait (fo:t)]
[ 'fainol]
[ 'flaua]
[greit'patnutik'wo:] Великая Отечественная
война
убивать
мемориал , памятник
монумент, памятник
нацист, фашист
принимать
[kil]
[mi'mo:nal]
['mnnjumant]
['na:tsi]
['teik'pait]
участие
Pets
Many people are fond of pets. They keep
different animals and birds as pets. More often
25
they are dogs, cats, hamsters, guinea-pigs, parrots
and fish.
As for me I like parrots. They are my favourite
pets. They are clever and nice. I’ve got a parrot. His
name is Kesha. He’s blue. He’s not big, he’s little. He
has got a small head, a yellow beak, a short neck, two
beautiful wings and a long tail. He lives tn a cage.
I teach him to talk. He knows many words and
can speak well. He can answer to his name. I take
care of my pet. I give him food and water every
day. He likes fruit and vegetables. He likes to
fly, play and talk.
I love him very much. He is a member of our
family.
Vocabulary
answer v.	[ 'a:nsa]	отвечать
be fond of v.	[fond]	любить
beak n.	[bisk]	клюв
cage n.	[keicfc]	клетка
fly (flew) v.	[flat]	летать
guinea-pig n.	[gmipig]	морская свинка
hamster n.	['haemsta]	хомяк
keep (kept) v.	[ki:p]	держать
member n.	['memba]	член
more often adv.		чаще, более часто
pet n.	[pet]	любимец, питомец,
		домашнее животное
speak (spoke) v.	I'spizk]	говорить, разговаривать
take care of (took) v.	[teik'kea]	заботиться
talk v.	[to:k]	разговаривать
wing n.	[wig]	крыло
word n.	[w3:d]	слово
I. Вставьте пропущенные слова.
1.	Many people are.....pets.
2.	Parrots are my ... pets.
26
3.	I teach my parrot to ... .
4.	Kesha can ... to his name.
5.	He is a ... of our family.
II. Согласитесь или исправьте неверные утвер-
. ждения.
1.	People keep different toys as pets.
2.	Pets are not clever and nice.
3.	I take care of my pet.
4.	Parrots live in boxes.
5.	People love their pets very much.
* •
III.	Переведите на английский язык.
1.	Чаще всего дома держат собак, кошек, хомяч-
ков, морских свинок, попугаев и рыбок.
2.	Что касается меня, то мне нравятся попу-
гаи.
3.	Я даю попугаю воду и еду каждый день.
4.	У него маленькая голова, жёлтый клюв, ко-
роткая шея, два красивых крыла и длинный
хвост.
IV.	Расскажите о своём любимце. Вопросы по-
могут вам.
1.	What animals do people keep as pets?
2.	What is your favourite pet? Why?
3.	What is its name?
4.	Is it big or little?
5.	What colour is it?
6.	What is its head (neck, body, tail, mouth) like?
7.	What are its legs (eyes, ears) like?
8.	What do you teach your pet?
9.	What can it do?
10.	How do you take care of your pet?
11.	What does your pet like to eat and to drink?
12.	Are you fond of your pet?
27
Clothing. Shopping
Tastes differ. That’s why all people wear
different clothes. Besides they wear different
clothes when it is warm and cold. When it is
cold we put on sweaters, coats, caps and gloves.
When it’s warm we take off warm clothes and
put on light shirts or blouses and dresses.
My favourite clothes are jeans, shirts and
sweaters or jackets. They are comfortable. And I
can wear them in any weather. Now I’m wearing
jeans, a white shirt and a sweater. But tomorrow
is.my friend’s birthday. He invited me to the
birthday party. So I shall be in my best.
My mother bought me a nice suit and new shoes.
We went to the shop together and chose a grey
suit. I tried it on. It was my size and suited me
well. I looked great. Mother paid money for the
suit and we brought it home. It’s a pity I didn’t
try the shoes on. They were the wrong size. So
my mother changed them for the bigger size.
And now they are OK. Frankly speaking, I don’t
like shopping. There are more interesting things.
Vocabulary
bring (brought) v.
buy (bought) v.
change v,
choose (chose) v.
clothes n.
cold a.
comfortable a.
frankly speaking
money n.
pay (paid) v.
pity n.
[bni) (brat)]
[bai (bo:t)]
[tfeimfc]
[tfu:z]
[khudz]
[kduld]
[ 'kAjnfatabl]
[Yraerjkli]
['тлт]
[pei]
[piti]
приносить
покупать
менять
выбирать
одежда
холодный
удобный
откровенно говоря
деньги
платить
жалость, сожаление
28
put on (put) V.	[ putan]	надевать
«hopping n.	[JbpiQ]	посещение магазина
		с целью покупки
Hize n.	[saiz]	размер
suit n.	[sjurt]	костюм
suit v. •	[sjirt]	соответствовать, подходить,
		быть к лицу
take off (took) v.	['teikaf]	снимать
taste n.	['teist]	вкус
that’s why		поэтому, вот почему
try on V,	[ 'traian]	примерять
warm a.	[wo:m]	тёплый
wear (wore) v.	[wea]	носить
weather n.	[ weda]	погода
wrong a.	[rorj]	неправильный, не тот
I. Вставьте пропущенные слова.
1.	Tastes differ. That’s why people ... different... .
2.	My ... clothes are jeans, shirts and sweaters,
jackets. They are ....
3.	My mother ... a nice ... and new ... .
4.	It was my ... and ... me well.
5.	My mother ... them for the bigger ....
И. Согласитесь или исправьте неверное утвер-
ждение.
1.	When it is cold we put on light shirts or blouses,
T-shirts or dresses, caps and gloves.
2.	I can wear jeans in any weather.
3.	My friend invited me to the cinema.
4.	We went to the sports ground and chose a grey suit.
5.	It’s a pity, I didn’t try the shoes on: they were
the right size.
III.	Переведите на английский язык.
1.	О вкусах не спорят.
2.	Кроме того, они носят различную одежду, ког-
да тепло и когда холодно.
29
3.	Джинсы удобны.
4.	Я одену всё самое лучшее.
5.	Честно говоря, я не люблю ходить по магазинам.
IV.	Ответьте на вопросы.
1.	Why do people wear different clothes?
2.	What do you put on when it’s warm or cold?
3.	What are your favourite clothes?
4.	What are you wearing now?
5.	What do you wear every day?
6.	What will you put on tomorrow?
7.	What did you wear yesterday?
8.	What do you put on when you go to the party?
9.	What did your parents buy you last month? Did
it suit you?
10.	Do you like to go shopping?
Seasons
There are four seasons in a year. They are winter,
spring, summer and autumn. There are three
months in each season. December, January and
February are winter months. March, April and
May are spring months. Summer months are June,
July and August. Then Autumn months come:
September, October and November.
Winter is the coldest season of the year. Summer
is the warmest season. Spring is warmer than winter
but it is colder than summer. Autumn is also
colder than summer but it is warmer than winter.
Every season has its own charm and is good
in its own way. There is much snow in winter. It
often snows. I like to ski, skate and sledge in
winter. In spring we enjoy the first grass, green
leaves and the first flowers. The sun shines
30
brighter and the days become longer. Summer is
lhe hottest season when there are a lot of fruit,
berries and vegetables. Schoolchildren have their
longest holidays. It’s my favourite season. I like
Lo swim, lie in the sun, play outdoors in summer.
The weather is usually fine. Sometimes it rains.
But the rains are usually warm.
Autumn comes after summer. It brings rains
and cold weather. But it’s a tasty and beautiful
season. Because there are a lot of fruits in autumn:
apples, pears, grapes, plums, watermelons and melons.
The leaves are red, green and yellow and they fall
down from the trees. On the 1st of Septemberwe go
to school. A school year begins.
I think all seasons are beautiful.
Vocabulary
autumn n.
beautiful a.
because cj.
become (became) v.
begin (began) v.
berry n.
bright a,
each pron.
enjoy v.
fall down (fell) v.
flower n.
fruit n.
grapes n.
grass n.
holidays n.
hot a.
leaf (leaves) n.
lie (lay) v.
melon n.
month n.
outdoors adv.
[ 'oitam]
[ 'bjuitaful]
[bii'kuz]
[Ь1'клш]
[bi’gin]
[ 'ben]
[brait]
[m'dpi]
[ faldaun]
[flaua]
[fruit]
[greips]
[gnus]
[hnladiz]
[hot]
[lifl
[lai]
[ 'mebn]
[тлпб]
[aut'doiz]
осень
красивый, прекрасный
потому что, так как
становиться
начинать(ся)
ягода
яркий
каждый
получать удовольствие
опадать, падать
цветок
фрукт(ы)
виноград
трава
каникулы
жаркий, горячий
лист (листья)
лежать
дыня
месяц
на открытом воздухе
31
own a.
pear n.
plum n.
rain
season n.
shine (shone) v.
skate v.
ski v.
sledge v.
snow
sometimes
spring n.
summer n.
swim (swam) v.
the sun n.
vegetable n.
water melon n.
way n.
winter n.
[sun]
[pea]
[р1лт]
[rein]
[si:zn]
[fain]
[skeit]
[ski:]
[slecfe]
[snou]
[ 'sAmtaimz]
[spnij]
['sahio]
[swim]
[sah]
[ vedsitabl]
['wnta melan]
[wei]
[ winto]
свой, собственный
груша
слива
1. п. дождь, 2. v. идёт дождь
время года, сезон
светить
кататься на коньках
ходить на Лыжах
кататься на санках
1. п. снег, 2. v. идёт снег
иногда
весна
лето
плавать
солнце
овощ(и)
арбуз
дорога, путь, образ, способ
зима
I. Вставьте пропущенные слова.
1.	There аге.....in a year.
2.	Every season is good in its ... ... .
3.	In spring we ... the first grass, green ... and the
first....
4.	School-children have their longest....
5.	The ... are red, green and yellow. They.from
the trees.
II. Согласитесь или исправьте неверные утвер-
ждения.
1.	There are four months in each season.
2.	Winter is the hottest season of the year.
3.	There is much snow in winter.
4.	In spring the sun shines brighter and the days
become longer than in winter.
5.	I like to stay at home in summer.
6.	Autumn brings rains and cold weather.
7.	On the first of October we go to school, a school
year begins.
32
HI. Переведите на английский язык.
1	Весна теплее зимы, но холоднее лета.
2.	Часто идёт снег.
3.	Лето самое жаркое время года, когда много
фруктов, ягод и овощей.
4.	Это моё любимое время года.
5.	Дожди обычно тёплые летом.
6.	Осень — красивое и «вкусное» время года.
IV. Расскажите о своём любимом времени года.
Вопросы помогут вам.
1.	How many seasons are there in a year?
2.	What are the winter, spring, summer, autumn
months?
3.	What is your favourite season?
4.	What is the weather like?
5.	Are the days short or long?
6.	Does the sun shine brightly?
7.	Does it often snow or rain?
8.	What do you like to do?
9.	Are there fruit, vegetables or berries?
10.	Is it a beautiful season? Why do you think so?
The English Year
Though there are four seasons and twelve
months in the English year, it differs from our
year.
The first difference is in the number of months
in spring, summer, winter and autumn. There are
only two spring months in Great Britain. They
are March and April. But there are four summer
months. Summer begins in May. Then June, July
and August come. Autumn months are September
2 Зак.151
33
and October. Winter begins in November and lasts
four months: November, December, January and
February. So there are two months in spring and
autumn and four months in summer and winter.
The weather is also different. It is warmer in
Great Britain than in our country. It seldom snows
but it often rains. The weather is changeable.
The Englishmen celebrate different holidays.
Their favourite holidays are Christmas, St.
Valentine’s Day, Mother’s Day, April Fool’s Day,
Easter, Father’s Day and Halloween. They have a
lot of fun then.
Halloween
I’d like to tell you about Halloween. It is an
old festival. It'is more than two thousand years
old. In the past this festival was a time of fear
because people believed in ghosts and witches.
Halloween is celebrated on the thirty-first of
October. It is a special night, an exciting and
funny holiday. There are pumpkins on the
windows. They look like faces. Children dress
up as witches and ghosts. They have parties and
play tricks on people. Children go from house to
house and say «Trick or treat!» The grown-ups
give them some fruit, sweets, chocolate or money.
When there is no treat, the children play a trick
on them. A favourite trick is to ring a doorbell
and hide. It’s really an exciting holiday.
Vocabulary
[ 'oilsau]
[bi'lirv]
also adv.
believe v.
также, тоже
верить
34
• !lm tip,cable a.
dll I’rr u.
ill Hr re nee n.
। Irras up v.
Ivar n.
h'.'itival n.
phost n.
Inst. V.
number n.
nrldom adv.
special a.
I hough cj.
witch n.
[ 'tfemcfeobl]
[difb]
[ 'difrans]
['dres'Ap]
[Пэ]
[ 'festival]
[gwst]
[la:st]
[ 'rumba]
[ 'seldom]
['spejbl]
[dau]
[witf]
изменчивый
отличаться
разница
переодеваться
страх, ужас
праздник
привидение
длиться
число, количество
редко
особый
хотя
ведьма
I. Вставьте пропущенные слова.
1.	The first ... is in the ... of months in spring,
summer, winter and autumn.
2.	Winter ... in November and ... four months:
November, December, January and February.
3.	It... snows, but it... rains.
4.	In the past this ... was a time of ... because
people ... in ghosts and witches.
5.	They have ... and play ... on people.
II. Согласитесь или исправьте неверные утвер-
ждения.
1.	There are only four spring months in Great Britain.
2.	There are two months in spring and autumn
and three months in summer and winter.
3.	The weather is changeable in Great Britain.
4.	Halloween is a special holiday.
5.	When there is no treat the children play football
on Halloween.
III.	Переведите на английский язык.
1.	Хотя в английском году четыре времени года
и двенадцать месяцев, он отличается от наше-
го года.
35
2.	Лето в. Великобритании начинается в мае и
длится четыре месяца.
3.	Я хотел бы рассказать о дне всех святых.
4.	В прошлом этот праздник был временем стра-
ха, потому что люди верили в привидения и
ведьм.
5.	Любимая шутка — позвонить в дверь и спря-
таться.
IV.	Ответьте на вопросы.
1.	How many seasons and months are there in the
English year?
2.	What is the first difference between our and
the English year?
3.	What are the spring,, summer, autumn and winter
months?
4.	Is the weather Colder in our country than in
Great Britain?
5.	What English holidays do you know?
6.	What is the most exciting holiday?
7.	What is your favourite holiday?
Nature
Our Earth is so beautiful. There, are a lot of
blue rivers and lakes on the Earth. Its oceans are
full of wonders. There are high mountains
covered with snow and wonderful fields and
forests full of different plants and animals. The
sun shines high up in the blue sky. At night we
can see the moon and millions of stars. One season
comes after another and brings changes in
weather and nature. There are so many wonderful
places to visit and interesting things to see.
Nature gives people its riches to live and enjoy.
36
We can’t live without fresh air, clean water,
sunshine and a lot of things which we take from
the nature. That’s why we must take care of it.
We must keep our rivers and lakes, forests and
towns clean. We must take care of each plant and
each animal. We must plant flowers — not pick
them up, feed birds and animals in winter — not
kill them. Then we’ll be happy to live on the
most beautiful planet in the Universe.
Vocabulary
air n.	[eo]	воздух
around prep.	[a'raund]	вокруг
cover v.	[клуэ]	закрывать, покрывать
each pron.	[ад	каждый
Earth n.	[з:0]	земля
enjoy v.	[rn'djoi]	наслаждаться, получать
		удовольствия
feed (fed) v.	[fi:d]	кормить
field n.	[ft-ld]	поле
forest n.	[fbnst]	лес
fresh a.	[frefl	свежий
full a.	[fbl]	полный
high a.	[hai]	высокий
keep (kept) v.	[ki:p]	хранить
kill v.	[kid]	убивать
lake n.	[leik]	озеро
million n.	[milpn]	миллион
moon n.	[num]	луна
mountain n.	[ 'mauntm]	гора
nature n.	['neiifc]	природа
night, n.	[nait]	ночь
ocean n.	[wjh]	океан
pick up v.	I'pikAp]	поднимать, подбирать,
		зд. срывать
place n.	[pleis]	место
plant n.	[plarnt]	растение
rich a.	[гад	богатый
river n.	[ 'nva]	река
37
sky п.	[skai]	небо
star п.	[sta:]	звезда
sunshine п.	[ 'sAnfam]	солнечный свет
universe п.	[ ju:niv3:s]	мир, вселенная
wonder п.	[ WAndo]	удивление, чудо
wonderful а.	[ WAndaful]	замечательный, 4 удивительный
I. Вставьте пропущенные слова.
1.	Our ... is so beautiful.
2.	There are high ... coved with snow and ... fields
and forests ... of different plants and animals.
3.	One season comes after another and brings ...
in weather and ....
4.	That’s why we must.....of the nature ... us.
5.	Then we’ll be happy ... on the most beautiful
planet in the ....
II. Согласитесь или исправьте неверные утвер-
ждения.
1.	The moon shines high up in the blue sky.
2.	Stars give people their riches to live and enjoy.
3.	We must take care of each plant and each animal.
4.	We must plant flowers — not pick them up,
feed birds and animals in winter not kill
them.
1П. Переведите на английский язык.
1.	На Земле много голубых рек и озёр*
2.	Существует так много удивительных мест, ко-
торые можно посетить, и интересных вещей,
которые можно увидеть.
3.	Мы должны сохранять чистыми реки и озёра,
леса и города.
4.	Тогда мы будем счастливо жить на самой кра-
сивой планете во вселенной.
38
IV. Ответьте на вопросы.
1.	Is our Earth beautiful?
2.	What is there on the Earth?
3.	When does the sun shine?
4.	What can we see at night?
5.	What does nature give people?
6.	What can’t we live without?
7.	How must we take care of the nature around us?
English Primary School
In Great Britain school begins at the age of
five. At the age of sixteen the children usually
leave school. So they spend eleven years there.
There are primary and secondary schools in
England. When children are five, they go to
primary Schools. First they attend infant schools
or infant classes. They spend two years there till
they are seven.
Their classes are usually informal: they learn
to read, count and write through different games.
They sing songs, dance, look at pictures in
interesting books, draw, learn to get on with their
classmates. So their lessons are easy, not difficult.
At the age of seven they go to junior schools
and stay there till they are eleven. Real school
begins. The lessons are more formal. There are
different subjects on the timetable. Children
study English, Maths, History, Nature Study,
Geography, Art, Music, Physical Education (PE),
Handicraft and Religion.
By the way, English children go to school five
days a week. On Saturday and on Sunday they
have their days off. Classes usually begin at nine
39
and are over at 4 o’clock. Children have lunch at
school. In many primary schools pupils don’t
wear uniforms. But some schools have special
uniforms. School year starts in September and
is over in summer, in July.
Vocabulary
age n.	[eidj]	возраст
Art n.	[a:t]	искусство
attend v.	[a'tend]	посещать
be over v.	[ 'ouvo]	заканчиваться
classmate n.	['klarsmeit]	одноклассник
day off n.	[dei of]	выходной
difficult a.	['difikolt]	трудный
easy a.	('i:zi]	лёгкий
formal a.	[ 'formal]	формальный, официальный
Geography n.	[dji'ngrofi]	география
get on with smb.		ладить с кем-либо
Handicraft n.	['haendikrarft]	труд
History n.	[’histon]	история
infant school	[’infant]	школа для малышей
informal a.	[in'formol]	неофициальный
junior school	I'cfcurnia]	начальная школа первой ступени
learn (learnt, learnt) v.	Г1з:п]	учить(ся), узнавать
leave (left, left) v.	[li:v]	покидать
Maths n.	[mseOs]	математика
Nature Study	[ 'neitfa'stAdi]	природоведение
Physical Education (PE) ['fizikol'edjtEkeiJn] физическое воспитание		
primary school	[ 'praiman]	начальная школа
real a.	[Г1Э1]	настоящий
Religion n.	In'lltfen]	религия
secondary school	[ 'sekondon]	средняя школа
spend (spent, spent) v.	[spend]	проводить время
stay v.	[stei]	оставаться
study v.	[StAdl]	изучать, заниматься,
		учиться
subject n.	['sAbcfcikt]	предмет
through prep.	[Qru:]	через
40
till prep.	[til]
timetable n.	['taim,teibl]
uniform n.	[ju:nifo:m]
wear (wore, worn) v.	[weo]
до
расписание
форма
носить, одевать
I. Вставьте слова, подходящие по смыслу.
1.	At the ... of sixteen the children usually ...
school.
2.	First they attend ... school or ... classes.
3.	So their lessons are easy, not....
4.	At the ... of seven they go to ... schools and ...
there ... they are eleven.
5.	In many ... schools pupils don’t wear ....
II. Согласитесь или исправьте неверные утвер-
ждения.
1.	In Great Britain school begins at the age of seven.
2.	There are primary and secondary schools in Great
Britain.
3.	The classes are usually informal: the pupils learn
to play football, basketball and write.
4.	In junior schools the lessons are more formal.
5.	By the way, English children go to school six
days a week.
III.	Переведите на английский язык.
1.	Таким образом дети проводят в школе один-
надцать лет.
2.	Когда детям исполняется пять лет, они идут
в начальную школу.
3.	Они поют песни, танцуют, рассматривают кар-
тинки в интересных книжках, рисуют, учатся
ладить с одноклассниками.
4.	В расписании есть разные предметы.
5.	Уроки обычно начинаются в девять часов и
заканчиваются в четыре часа.
41
IV.	Ответьте на вопросы.
1.	When does school begin in Great Britain?
2.	How many years do children spend at school?
3.	What types of primary schools are there in Great
Britain?
4.	Are classes in infant school formal or informal?
5.	What do children do in infant school?
6.	When does real school begin?
7.	What subjects are there on the timetable?
8.	How many days a week do English children go
to school?
9.	What are their days off?
10.	When do classes begin?
11.	Do children have lunch at school?
12.	Do children wear uniforms?
13.	When does school year start?
14.	When is it over?
V.	Перескажите текст.
School Life
In our country school begins at the age of six.
Many boys and girls usually leave school at the
age of seventeen.
School year begins on the first of September.
It is the Day of Knowledge. Children going to
school with their bags and flowers on the first
school day look so clean and nice. Some of them
wear uniforms, but some don’t.
Classes usually begin at eight. At primary
school children have classes five days a week.
Saturdays and Sundays are days off. Every day
schoolchildren have five or four lessons. Pupils
42
sit in rows and follow a regular timetable. There
nre many different subjects on the timetable.
Children study Belarusian and Russian, Maths,
Nature Study, Art, Music, PE and Handicraft. Many
schoolchildren study English. After the second
lesson they have lunch.
When classes are over about one o’clock, many
pupils have dinner at school. After classes they
go in for sports, dancing, drawing and other
activities. They often visit museums and other
famous and interesting places, theatres and
cinemas with their teachers.
Schoolchildren have autumn, winter and spring
holidays for ten days. School is over at the end
<»l‘ May and summer holidays are the longest.
Vocabulary
nrlivity n.	[aek'tiviti]
np.o	[eicfe]
!>«• over u.	['auva]
I »r/9 n (began, begun) u. [bi'gin]
rbiss n.	[klais]
< 1лу off n.	['deiaf]
I nl low u.	I'folau]
I’o in for (went, gone) v. ['gau'infa]
holidays n.
lonve (left, left) v.
h'Hson n.
pi unary school
i it.iilar timetable
I nW fl.
hl ii<Iу v.
iiiibh'ct n.
I ho Day of Knowledge
uniform n.
w< ni (wore, worn) v.
[ 'holodiz]
[li:v]
[lesn]
[ 'praiman]
[ 'reqjula]
[rau]
[ 'stAdi]
[ 'sAbdpkt]
[ nulicfe]
[ ju:mfo:m]
[wea]
деятельность
возраст
оканчиваться
начинать(ся)
занятия (в школе), класс
выходной день
следовать, придерживаться
увлекаться (чем-либо),
заниматься
каникулы
уходить, покидать
урок
начальная школа
постоянное расписание
ряд
изучать
предмет (учебный)
День знаний
форма
носить
43
I. Вставьте пропущенные слова.
1.	Many boys and girls usually ... school at the ...
of seventeen.
2.	Some of them....., but some don’t.
3.	There are many different... on the ... .
4.	After the second ... they have lunch. And when
the..........about one o’clock many children
have dinner at school.
5.	Schoolchildren have autumn, winter, spring ...
for 10 days.
II. Согласитесь или исправьте неверные утвер-
ждения.
1.	In our country school begins at the age of eight.
2,	The 1st of September is the Teacher’s days.
3.	At primary school children have classes five days
a week.
4.	After classes children do their homework and
go to bed.
5.	School is over at the end of June and summer
holidays are the longest.
III.	Переведите на английский язык.
1.	Учебный год начинается первого сентября.
2.	Дети, идущие в школу с портфелями и цвета-
ми в первый школьный день, выглядят таки-
ми аккуратными и красивыми.
3.	Ученики сидят за партами и занимаются по
расписанию.
4.	Дети изучают белорусский и русский языки,
математику, природоведение, изобразительное
искусство и пение.
5.	Они часто посещают музеи и другие знамени-
тые и интересные места, театры и кинотеатры
со своими учителями.
IV.	Ответьте на вопросы.
1.	When does school begin in our country?
2.	What is the first school day? ’
3.	Do pupils wear uniforms at school?
4.	When do classes begin?
5.	- How many days a week do children have lessons
at primary school?
6.	How many lessons do you have every day?
7.	What subjects do you study?
8.	Do children have lunch or dinner at school? And
what about you? .
9.	What can pupils do after classes?
10.	What holidays do schoolchildren have?
11.	When is school over?
V.	Перескажите текст.
My Favourite Subject
I am a sixth-former. This year we have begun to
study some new subjects. They are Literature,
Geography, Botany, Ancient History, French or
German. At Geography we study the world around
us, at Botany — different plants, at History — the
life of people in the ancient times. There are so
many things to do, to learn and to see. We cannot
afford to go to the cinema or just for a walk very
often, because we don’t have enough time. There
are six or seven lessons on our timetable every
day. Some of them are my favourite ones.
Mathematics
We have Maths every day. It’s the science of
numbers. People say, Maths is hard. As for me, I
don’t agree. If you know the tables, it’s as easy as
45
ABC. At the lessons we learn to add, divide, multiply
and subtract, because everybody uses numbers and
Mathematics every day: when we go shopping, plan
something, build houses, plant com and vegetables
and so on. As for me, l am good at Maths.
Drawing
Drawing is an interesting subject, too. I’m foiid
of drawing and painting. When we draw, we make
pictures with a pen or chalk. When we paint, we
make pictures with paint. We may paint in water-
colours or in oils. It is not easy to paint in oils. At
the lessons we speak about famous artists and their
paintings. It helps me to understand the beauty.
There is a Museum of Fine Arts in our city.
There are many paintings of Belarusian, Russian
and foreign artists there.
If we want to make a good drawing, we must
have a good eye, see and watch, learn to compare
things and have rich imagination.
Drawing helps us in many subjects: in
Geography, History, Botany, Literature. We
understand things better, remember the facts and
learn things quicker if there are pictures in the
books and our textbooks. Drawing is a useful
subject, I think. I’m good at Drawing.
English
We study one of the modem languages at school.
It is English. It’s my favourite subject. At the
lessons of English we learn to read, write and speak.
We learn the History and Geography of Our country ,
Great Britain and the USA. We read stories after
famous English and American children’s writers.
I like stories after Alan Milne, Donald Bisset, Lewis
Carroll, Mark Twain and others.
46
I want to be clever at English because English
will help me in my future life. I shall read books
in English, watch films and listen to songs and
understand them. But what is more important, I
shall speak with people from other countries and
we’ll understand each other. We’ll make friends
and will live in peace.
Vocabulary
add v.	[®d]	прибавлять, складывать
afford v.	[a'ford]	позволить себе
ancient а.	[ einjbnt]	древний
artist n.	['artist]	художник
beauty n.	[ bju:ti]	красота
divide v.	[di'vaid]	делить
drawing n.	['dro:nj]	рисование, рисунок
enough adv.	[l'nAf]	достаточно
imagination n.	[i, msecfei'neijan]	воображение, фантазия
make friends with smb.		подружиться с кем-либо
multiply v.	['nultiplai]	умножать
number n.	[ 'плшЬэ]	число, цифра
oils n.	[oilz]	масляные краски
paint	[peint]	л. краска; и. писать
		красками
painting n.	[ peintir)]	живопись, картина
sixth-former n.	['siks0'fo:ma]	шестиклассник
subject n.	['sAbcfeikt}	предмет
subtract v.	[sab'trskt]	вычитать
time-table n.	[ 'taim, teibl]	расписание
water-colours n.	[ wo:t9,kA19z]	акварель,
акварельные краски
I.	Отметьте в тексте предложения, являющие-
ся эквивалентами русских.
1, На географии мы изучаем мир вокруг нас, на
ботанике — различные растения, на истории —
жизнь людей в давние времена.
2.	Некоторые из них (предметов) мои любимые.
47
3.	Если вы знаете таблицы (сложения и умно-
жения), это просто, как дважды два.
4.	Если мы хотим сделать хороший рисунок, мы
должны иметь хороший глазомер, уметь ви-
деть и наблюдать, учиться сравнивать и иметь
хорошее воображение.
5.	Я смогу читать книги, смотреть фильмы и
слушать песни на английском языке, разго-
варивать с людьми из разных стран и пони-
мать их.
II. Заполните пропуски.
1.	We cannot... to go to the ... very often, because
we do not have ... time.
2.	Everybody uses ... and ... every day, when we go
....... something,... houses,... com and vegetables
and so on.
3.	When we ..., we make pictures with a pen, a pencil
or chalk. When we ..., we make pictures with
• • • •
4.	There are many ... of Belarusian, Russian and
foreign ... in the Museum of Fine Arts.
5.	When we understand people, we...with them
and live in ... .
III.	Закончите предложения, используя предло-
женные варианты.
1.	Mathematics is the science
a)	of plants and animals.
b)	about the future.
c)	of numbers.
2.	We understand things better, remember the
facts and learn things quicker if
a)	we learn them by heart.
b)	there are pictures in the books and our
textbooks.
48
c)	we learn to add, divide, multiply and
subtract.
3.	At the lessons of English we learn
a)	to read, write and speak.
b)	to speak and sing English songs.
c)	to read stories after famous English
children’s writers.
4.	I want to be clever at English because
a)	English will help me to go shopping.
b)	I want to sing English songs.
c)	English will help me in my future life.
IV.	Ответьте на вопросы.
1.	What subjects do you study at school?
2.	What do you study at Literature, Geography,
Botany, History, Maths?
3.	Is it a hard work to study many subjects?
4.	Is Maths an easy subject?
5.	Where can we use numbers?
6.	What is the difference between drawing and
painting?
7.	What do we need to make a good picture?
8.	Does drawing help us in many subjects?
9.	What foreign languages do you study?
9.	Why is it necessary to learn foreign languages?
10.	What is your favourite subject? Why?
V.	Прочтите текст ещё раз и разделите его на
смысловые части. Подберите название к каж-
дой из них.
VI.	Используя факты из текста, расскажите о
1. Your time-table.
2. Your favourite subjects.
49
My Native Town
There are many beautiful cities and towns in the
world. I would like to visit some of them, to see
with my own eyes what I have read or heard about.
But there is no place like home. I love my native
city. I was born here and live with my parents. It’s
not the capital, but it is a wonderful place to live.
My city is old and modern at the same time. It is
old because it was founded in the 11th century. At that
time its streets were narrow, dark and dirty. Now
my city looks modem because of its architecture.
Almost all the buildings were built after the war.
The streets and avenues are wide and clean.
I live in the main street. It is the widest street
in the city. A lot of cars, buses and trolley-buses
run fast along it. If you want to see the places of
interest in our city, you can walk along the main
street. It leads to the main square. It will be a
short trip,but you can see a lot: a cinema and a
concert hall, an art gallery and museums, a stadium,
a zoo and a large park.
Our art gallery is next to the main post office.
Opposite the post office there is a modern hotel.
If you turn to the left, you can see a theatre. And
in front of the theatre there is a museum of history
and culture. Walk two blocks and you’ll come to
a monument to our famous writer and a fountain
in the park. If you want to visit our zoo, take a
bus and get off on the third bus stop. Not far
from the traffic lights you will see the entrance
to the zoo. Near it there is a circus. Children and
tourists can’t but visit it. They admire funny
clowns, tamed animals, miracles and magic. There
50
are only some churches in our city. Every evening
we can hear the sound of the bells.
Our city stands on the river. Parks, lanes, bridges
across the river, small water falls and manrmade
islands add much to the beauty of the city.
Just come and see everything with your own
eyes. It is better to see than to hear.
Vocabulary
add v.	[aed]	прибавлять
admire u.	[ad-maw]	восхищаться
almost adv.	[ 'oilmaust]	почти
architecture n.	['d:kitektfa]	архитектура
art gallery	[ a:t'g»lan]	художественная галерея
avenue n.	[ aevinju:]	проспект
be born	[Ьэ:п]	быть рождённым, родиться
beauty n.	['bjuiti]	красота
bell n.	[bell]	колокол
block n.	[blok]	квартал
bridge n.	[brufe]	мост
build (built, built) u.	[bild]	строить
building n.	[bildirj]	здание
capital n.	[ 'ksepitl]	столица
century n.	[ 'sentfun]	столетие, век
church n.	['tf3:tQ	церковь
circus n.	['s3:kos]	цирк
city n.	['Sltl]	большой город
concert hall	[ 'knnsat]	концертный зал
culture n.	['клк|Ь]	культура
dark a.	[da:k]	тёмный
dirty a.	[ rds:ti]	грязный
famous a.	[Teimos]	Знаменитый
far from	[ Taifrsm]	далеко от
fast adv.	[fa:st]	быстро
found v.	[faund]	основывать
fountain 7i.	['fauntin]	фонтан
get off (a bus)		сойти (с автобуса)
history 7i.	[ 'hist 9 n]	история
hotel тг.	[hau'tel]	гостиница, отель
51
island n.	[ aibnd]	остров
lane n.	[lein]	переулок
lead (led, led) v.	[H:d]	вести
magic n.	['maecfeik]	магия
main a. •	(mein]	главный
man-made a.	['maen'meid]	искусственный, рукотворный
miracle n.	( mirakl]	чудо
modern a.	['modon]	современный	J
monument n.	[ monjumont]	памятник, монумент
museum n.	[mju: ziom]	музей
narrow a.	[ пзегэи]	узкий
native a.	['neitiv]	родной
own a.	[sun]	свой, собственный
place n.	[pleis]	место
places of interest		достопримечательности
post office	['pOUSt.Dfis]	почта
sound n.	[saund]	звук
square n.	[skwea]	площадь
take a bus		сесть на автобус
tamed animals	[teimd]	дрессированные животные
theatre n.	['Oista]	театр
tourist n.	['tuonst]	турист, путешественник
town n.	[taun]	город
traffic lights	[ 'traefik'laits]	светофор
trip n.	[trip]	экскурсия, путешествие
turn to the left (right)	(t3:n]	повернуть налево (направо)
war n.	[wo:]	война
water-fall n.	[ wo:tafo:l]	водопад
wide a.	[waid]	широкий
wondetful a.	[ WAndaful]	удивительный,
замечательный
I. Согласитесь или исправьте неверные утвер-
ждения.
1.	Our city is old because it was .founded in the
20th century.
2.	A lot of cars, buses and trolley-buses гид fast
along the streets.
3.	If you want to visit our zoo, take a bus and get
off on the second; bus, stop.
52
4.	The children admire funny clowns, tamed animals,
miracles and magic.
5.	Our city stands near the sea.
П. Заполните пропуски подходящими по смыс-
лу словами.
1.	There are many beautiful... and ... in the world.
2.	Now our city looks ... because of its ... .
3.	If you want to see ... of ... in our city, you can
walk along its ... street.
4.	Walk two... and you will come to a ... to our ...
writer and a ... in the park.
5.	Every evening we can hear the ... of the ....
1П. Переведите предложения на английский язык.
1.	Я бы хотел посетить многие города, чтобы уви-
деть собственными глазами то, о чём я читал и
слышал.
2.	Нет лучше места, чем дом. (В гостях хорошо,
а дома лучше.)
3.	Это будет небольшое путешествие, но вы уви-
дите многое: кинотеатр и концертный зал, ху-
дожественную галерею и музеи, стадион, зоо-
парк и большой парк.
4.	Парки, переулки, мосты через реку, малень-
кие водопады и островки, созданные руками
человека, украшают наш город.
5.	Лучше один раз увидеть, чем сто раз услышать.
IV. Ответьте на вопросы.
1.	Are there many beautiful cities and towns in
the world?
2.	Would you like to visit them?
3.	Do you love your native city (town)?
4.	What is the name of your city (town)?
5.	Is it old or modern?
6.	When was it founded?
53
7.	What can you say about its streets, squares,
buildings?
8.	What is your address?
9.	Do you live in a wide or a narrow street?
10.	Are there many cars, buses, trolley-buses in your town?
11.	Are there museums, art galleries in your town?
12.	What theatres are there in your town?
13.	Does your town stand on the river?
14.	What makes your town beautiful?
15.	What places of interest are there in your town?
16.	What is your favourite place?
VII. Расскажите о своём родном городе.
Travelling
Thousands of people travel every day. To prove it,
I invite you to a railway or a bus station, a port or an
airport. There you will see thousands of people trying
to catch atrain,abus,aship or a plane. Everybody
wants to go somewhere and to get there as quickly
as possible, with all conveniences and safely.
Of course, travelling by plane is the fastest, but
it is also the most expensive. That’s why if people
have time they go by train. It is one of the most
popular means of travelling. Trains go slower
than planes, but you can see much more interesting
places of the country you are travelling through.
Modern trains are very comfortable and you can
enjoy even the longest journey.
Travelling by sea is popular mostly for pleasure
trips. Onboard large ships andsmall riverboats
people can visit foreign countries and different
places of interest within their own country. A
tri p by sea is usually called a voyage or a cruise.
54
Buses also can take you to any place you wish.
It can be a trip not far from your home or a long
journey even to a foreign cotintry. Modern buses
have comfortable seats, video and phone, you Can
have hot tea or coffee, drinks and snack. Tourist
groups usually use buses to visit foreign
countries and different places of interest.
Many people prefer travelling by car. They
don’t have to buy tickets. They don’t have to carry
heavy luggage. They can stop wherever they wish
and spend as much time as they like at any place.
But some people like spending their holidays
travelling on foot or by bike.
If you feel like travelling by plane, by train or
by bus, you have to choose a flight or a line, to go to
a ticket office and buy a single or a return ticket.
Sometimes you have to change trains or buses. But
usually travellers prefer tickets for through trains
or buses. Then you take your luggage and try not
to miss your plane, train or bus. They usually arrive
at the airport or the railway station in time. And
your wonderful journey begins. Have a nice journey.
As for me, I have never travelled far from my
home. I and my family usually spend holidays at
my Granny’s in the country. But last year we
went to the seaside. It was so exciting. I hope,
next year I shall visit London. It’ll be great.
Vocabulary
airport, n.
arrive (in, at) y.
bike n.
boat n.
bus n.
bus station
[,'еэрэ:1]
[a'raiv]
[baik]
[ Ъэи1]
[bAS]
['bAs'steijh],
аэропорт
прибывать
велосипед
лодка
автобус
автобусная станция, вокзал
саг п.	[кат]	автомобиль
carry v.	[ 'кгеп]	носить
catch v. (caugh0	[kaetj]	успеть
change v.	[tjeincfc]	делать пересадку
choose (chose, chosen) o.	[tfirz]	выбирать
comfortable a.	[ kAmfatobl]	удобный
convenience n.	[kan'viinjons]	удобство
cruise n.	['kruzz]	круиз, морское путешествие
drink n.	[dnrjk]	напиток
enjoy u.	[in'cfcoi]	наслаждаться, получать
		удовольствие
exciting a.	[ik'saitiri]	волнующий, захватывающий
expensive a.	[iks'pensiv]	дорогой
far from	[ farfram]	далеко от
fast a.	[fa:st]	скорый, быстрый
feel like doing smth.		быть склонным что-либо
		сделать
flight n.	[flait]	полёт
foreign a.	['form]	иностранный
heavy a,	['hevi]	тяжёлый
hope v.	[haup]	надеяться
journey n.	['<±53:111]	поездка, путешествие
line n.	[lain]	линия, железнодорожное
		направление
luggage n.	['lAgids]	багаж
means n.	[mi:nz]	способ, средство
miss v.	[mis]	опаздывать
modern a.	['mndan]	современный
mostly adv.	['mausth]	главным образом, большей
		частью
on board the ship	[bad]	на борту корабля
on foot	[an'fut]	пешком
phone n.	[faun]	телефон
plane n.	[plein]	самолёт
popular a.	[ 'pnpjula]	популярный
possible a.	['pnsabl]	возможный
prefer v.	[pnfe:]	предпочитать
prove v.	[prurv]	доказывать
railway station	['reilwei'steijn]	железнодорожный вокзал
return ticket	[n't3:n]	билет в оба конца
safely adv.	['seifli]	безопасно
seaside n.	[ sfcsaid]	побережье
seat n.	[sirt}	место,, сиденье
56
ship n.	[Tip]	корабль
single ticket	[sujgl]	билет в одном напрдвярнии
snack n.	[snaek]	лёгкая закуска
spend (spent, spent) v.	[spend]	проводить время
through train	[0m:]	экспресс
ticket n.	[ 'tikit]	билет
ticket office	[ 'ufis]	билетная касса
tourist group	[ 'tuanst'grurp]	туристическая группа
train n.	[trein]	поезд
ravel v.	[ 'traevl]	путешествовать
traveller n.	[ -traevla]	путешественник
travelling n.	[ 'trsevlnj]	путешествие
trip n.	[trip]	путешествие, экскурсия
try V.	[trai]	пытаться, пробовать,
		стараться
use v.	Uu3]	употреблять, при1\1енять
		использовать
voyage n.	[voicfc]	путешествие (морское)
wish v.	[W1J]	желать
within prep.	[wi'din]	в пределах, внутри
I. Вставьте пропущенные слова.
1.	Everybody wants to go somewhere and to get
there as quickly as with all... and ....
2.	The train is one of the most.of travelling.
3.	On board large ... and small river ... people can
visit... countries and different places of interest
... their own country.
4.	It can be a ... not far from your home or a long
... even to a foreign country.
5.	Those who travel by car can stop wherever they
... and ... as long as they like at.any ....
6.	Then you take your ... and try not to ... your
plane, train or bus.
IL Согласитесь или исправьте неверное утвер-
ждение.
1.	Thousands of people travel every day.
2.	Of course, travelling by plane is the fastest, but
it is also the most expensive.
57
3.	Modern trains are uncomfortable and you can’t
enjoy your journey.
4.	Travelling by sea is popular mostly for pleasure trips.
5.	Tourist groups usually use bikes to visit foreign
countries and different places of interest.
6.	Travellers usually prefer to change trains or buses.
III.	Переведите на английский язык.
1.	Они стараются успеть на поезд, автобус, ко-
рабль или самолёт.
2.	Поезда движутся медленнее самолётов, но вы
можете увидеть намного больше интересных
мест в той стране, через которую вы едете.
3.	В современных автобусах удобные сиденья,
есть видео и телефон, у вас есть возможность
выпить горячего чаю или кофе и перекусить.
4.	Некоторым людям нравится проводить свой от-
пуск, путешествуя пешком или на велосипеде.
5.	Поезда, автобусы и самолёты обычно прибы-
вают на вокзал или в аэропорт вовремя.
6.	Что касается меня, то я никогда не уезжал
далеко от дома.
IV.	Ответьте на вопросы.
1.	Can you prove that thousands of people travel
every day?
2.	How does everybody want to travel?
3.	What is the fastest way of travelling?
4.	What can you say about travelling by train?
5.	Is travelling by sea popular?
6.	What is a voyage?
7.	Can buses take you at any place you wish?
8.	Why do some people prefer travelling by car?
9.	Is travelling on foot popular?
10.	What do you have to do if you feel like travelling?
11.	What was your last journey (trip,voyage) like?
12.	Where will you go in summer?
Раздел II
Topics. Pre-Intermediate Level
Introducing Myself
Let me introduce myself. I’m Svetlana
Alexandrova. I was born on the 29th of March
1985 in Minsk under the zodiac sign of Aries. I
believe that stars influence our fate and character.
As you see, I am Aries. They say that Aries is
full of energy, a leader, straight talker, ambitious
and frank, likes sport, stubborn, hot tempered,
but quick to apologize. Partially it is true. I
can’t admit I am stubborn. Actually, I’m
persistent. It is different, I think.
As to my appearance, I’m rather tall and slim.
I have never thought I am a beauty. I wish I were
more beautiful. I think, that I’m even-tempered,
rather reserved, calm and modest. But sometimes
I can lose my temper and become either angry or
sad. I like staying alone and sometimes I retire
into my shell. But at the same time I like my
friends, I like to laugh and to joke. I have got a
sense of humour. It means I understand humour
and appreciate it. But unfortunately, I’m not often
witty myself. I think, I am able to «keep my head
when all about me are losing theirs» and to stand
up to difficulties when things are not going my
59
way. Besides, I am sincere and tolerant, friendly
and faithful, hard-working and serious.
There are many things in our life which I like
and some I dislike. I like when everything is
OK. Being happy is one way of being wise. I
like to study, because knowledge is useful
sometimes. I am fond of reading as it gives not
only knowledge but also wonderful moments of
joy and pleasure. Sometimes I enjoy watching
TV or listening to the radio. Especially when I
can hear some wonderful pieces of music. I like
music. It makes people better. It awakens the
best feelings and high emotions. But there is a
thing that makes me crazy. I’m fond of horses
and equestrian skill. I dislike overcrowded buses.
And I hate getting up early. I’m happy I have
got more things I like than I dislike.
Vocabulary
admit u.
ambitious a.
apologize v.
appreciate u.
awaken v.
beauty n.
calm a.
crazy a.
equestrian a,
even-tempered a.
faithful a.
fate n.
frank a.
hard-working a.
[od'mit]
[aem'bifas]
[a'pobcfcaiz]
[э 'prirjieit]
[a'weikon]
['bjuti]
[ka:m]
['kreizi]
[i'kwestnan]
['irvan'tempod]
['feiefbl]
[felt]
(firaerjk]
[ zha:d, W3:knj]
признавать, допускать
честолюбивый
извиняться
ценить
будить, пробуждать
красавица, красота
спокойный
сильно увлечённый чем-то,
помешанный на чём-то
конный
спокойный,
уравновешенный
верный, преданный
судьба
искренний, открытый,
откровенный
трудолюбивый
60
hot-tempered а.	['hot'temped]	вспыльчивый
influence v.	[ 'influans]	влиять
introduce v.	[ intra dju:s]	представляться,
		знакомиться
lose one’s temper		выйти из себя, терять
		самообладание
modest a.	[ 'mndist]	скромный
overcrowded a.	[.auva'kraudid]	переполненный
partially adv.	[ра:/э11]	частично
persistent a.	[pa'sistant]	настойчивый, упорный
reserved a.	[n'z3:vb]	сдержанный
retire into smb’s shell	[n'taia]	уйти в себя
serious a.	[ 'sianas]	серьёзный
sincere a.	[sin'sia]	искренний
slim a.	[slim]	стройный
stand up to smth	[staend]	выдержать
stubborn a.	[stAban]	упрямый
tolerant a.	[ tolerant]	терпимый, относящийся
		терпимо
wise a.	[waiz]	мудрый
witty a.	['Wltl]	остроумный
zodiac sign	['zaudiaek'sain]	знак зодиака
Star Signs		
Aries	[ 'eari:z]	Овен
Taurus	[ 'to:ras]	Телец
Germini	[ ’ctjemmai]	Близнецы
Cancer	I'kaenso]	Рак
Leo	[ li:au]	Лев
Virgo	[ \з:дэи]	Дева
Libra	[ 'li:bra]	Весы
Scorpio	[ 'skapiau]	Скорпион
Sagittarius	[,saecfei' teanas]	Стрелец
Capricorn	[кэерпкэ:п]	Козерог
Aquarius	[a'kweanas]	Водолей
Pisces	[ 'pisiz]	Рыбы
I. Отметьте в тексте предложения, являющие*
ся эквивалентами русских.
1.	Я верю, что звёзды влияют на нашу судьбу и
характер.
61
2.	У меня есть чувство юмора. Это значит, что я
понимаю юмор и ценю его. Но, к сожалению,
сама я нечасто бываю остроумной.
3.	Я не теряю головы, когда все вокруг меня теря-
ют, и способна противостоять трудностям, ког-
да всё складывается не в мою пользу.
4.	Быть счастливым — это один из способов
стать мудрым.
5.	Я счастлива, потому что существует больше
вещей, которые мне нравятся, чем тех, кото-
рые мне не нравятся.
II. Заполните пропуски подходящими по смыс-
лу словами.
1.	I was bom on the ... in... under the zodiac ... of....
2.	I can’t... I am ..., actually I’m ... .
3.	I like staying ... and sometimes I... into my —
4.	Music ... the best feelings and high emotions.
5.	I dislike ... buses and I hate getting up ... .
HI. Ответьте на вопросы.
1.	What is your name?
2.	What is your surname?
3.	When and where were you born?
4.	Do you know your zodiac sign?
5.	What does your zodiac sign predict? Is it true?
6.	Can you describe yourself?
7.	What are the strong and the weak traits of your
character?
8.	There are things that you like and dislike, aren’t
there? What are they?
9.	Are you happy?
IV. Расскажите о
1.	Your zodiac sign and its predictions.
2.	Your likes and dislikes.
62
My Family
I’m Alex Kovalev. I am fifteen. I’d like to tell
you about my family.
We are a family of three. I live with my parents.
But I’ve got an elder brother. He is married and
has a family of his own.
In my opinion, family is an emotional centre
of a person’s life, transmitter of culture, the place
where children are being raised. The process of
upbringing children is difficult. It requires
much effort, mutual respect, tolerance. In happy
families parents are frankly honest with their
children without moralizing, and the children
in their turn learn how to get on with other
people.
The proverb says, «Men make houses, women
make homes». In my view, it means that the man
provides for his family, pays attention to the
problems of the members of the family. And the
woman creates the homely atmosphere, encourages
her husband and children to keep up family
traditions and keeps the house. Together they
bring up their children in the right way.
It is true to our family, I think. My parents
have been married for twenty-six years. My
father’s name is Vitaly. He is 45 years old. He is
an engineer at a Motor Plant. He is tall and
strong both in body and character, but rather
stout. He has plump oval face with an aquiline
nose. He’s generous and full of joy, but very
careless. He can make different things With his
own hands. Almost all the bookshelves in our
flat were made by my father.
63
My mother’s name is Irina. She is a medium
size woman. She has got a thin oval attractive
face and light grey eyes and a snub nose. When
she was young she had thick curly ash-blond
long hair, now she wears her hair short. My
mother is a woman of character, well-bred, tactful
and fair. She’s warm-hearted and at the shme
time practical, reserved and full of common sense.
She is a housewife, she does all the housework
and helps my elder brother to bring up his sons.
She is really concerned about them. They are the
apple of her eye. And the boys feel affection for
their Granny. My father and I try to help her
about the house.
My brother Igor is about 25. He is married, as
I have already said. He has got two sons. My
elder nephew is a spitting image of my brother
and the junior one takes after his mother, my
brother’s wife. The boys are funny and curious.
We have got a lot of relatives, because my mother
has got five sisters and a brother. So I’ve got
many aunts, uncles and cousins. We are all on
friendly terms.
Vocabulary
aquiline a.
ash-blond a.
attractive a.
careless a.
common sense
create v.
curious a.
curly a.
effort n.
encourage u.
['sekwilain]
['aefblnnd]
[a'traektiv]
[ 'keahs]
[koman'sens]
[kri: eit]
['kjuanas]
[кз:111
['efat]
[ш'клпсЬ]
орлиный
пепельный (о волосах)
привлекательная
беззаботный
здравый смысл
создавать
любознательный
кудрявый
усилие
воодушевлять,
поддерживать, поощрять
64
fair a.
frankly adv.
generous a.
get on with
honest a.
housewife n.
keep the house
keep up v.
medium size
moralizing n.
mutual a.
plump a.
practical a.
provide v.
raise v.
require v.
reserved a.
respect n.
snub a.
spitting image
stout a.
tactful a.
take after v.
thick a.
tolerance n.
transmitter n.
upbringing n.
warm-hearted a.
well-bred a.
[feo]
[ 'fraeijkli]
[фепэгэз]
[ onist]
[’hauswaif]
[ki:p]
[ 'mirdiom]
['moralaizir)]
[ 'mjutjuol]
[pkmp]
[ "prsektikol]
[pra'vaid]
[reiz]
[n'kwaio]
[n'z3:vd]
[ns'pekt]
[siub]
['spituj'imids]
[staut]
{'t»ktful]
[teik'arfta]
reik]
[ 'tolarans]
[trsenz'mita]
[лрЬпгдг)]
['wo:m'ha:tid]
[werbred]
порядочный, справедливый
откровенно, открыто
великодушный,
благородный, щедрый
быть в хороших
отношениях, ладить
честный
домашняя хозяйка
вести домашнее хозяйство
поддерживать
среднего роста
поучение
взаимный
полный
практичный
обеспечивать
воспитывать, растить
требовать
сдержанный
уважение
вздёрнутый, курносый
точная копия
тучный, толстый, сильный,
крепкий
тактичный
быть похожим
густой
терпимость
передатчик
воспитание
добросердечный
воспитанный
I. Отметьте в тексте предложения; являющие-
ся эквивалентами русских.
1.	По-моему, семья — это эмоциональный центр
жизни человека, передатчик культуры, место,
где воспитываются дети.
2.	Женщина создаёт домашнюю атмосферу, под-
держивает своего мужа и детей, хранит се-
мейные традиции и ведёт хозяйство.
3 Зак. 151
65
3.	Когда мама была молодая, у неё были густые
вьющиеся пепельные длинные волосы, а сей-
час у неё короткие волосы.
4/ Мой старший племянник — точная копия мо-
его брата, а младший похож на свою маму, жену
моего брата.
5. Мы все дружим.	+
II. Заполните пропуски подходящими по смыс-
лу словами.
1.	The process of ... children is difficult.
2.	In happy families parents are ... honest with
their children without ..., and the children in
their ... learn how to get on with other people.
3.	The proverb says, «Men make ..., women make ...».
4.	She is ... and at the same time ... and full of.
5.	Boys are funny and ... .
III.	Закончите предложения, используя предло-
женные варианты.
1.	The process of upbringing children requires
a) parents’ tolerance.
b)	not so much effort, but mutual respect.
c)	much effort, mutual respect and tolerance.
2.	In my view, the man must
a)	provide for the family.
b)	build his house with his own hands.
c)	keep away from family problems.
3.	The housewife
a)	does all the work about the house.
b)	stays at home all day long.
c)	helps different people keep their houses.
IV.	Ответьте на вопросы.
1.	Will you introduce yourself?
2.	Is your family large?
66
3.	Have you got any brothers or sisters?
4.	What are your parents?
5.	Where do they work?
6.	How long have your parents been married?
7.	Do you spend much time with your family?
8.	Do you go out with your parents?
9.	Who keeps your house?
10.	What are your parents’ hobbies?
11.	Will you describe your mother and father?
12.	Have you got any other relatives?
V.	Расскажите о
1.	Your ideas of the role the family plays in our life.
2.	Your parents.
3.	Your relatives.
My Flat
I live in Yakubov street in a nine-storeyed
block of flats. Our flat is on the ninth floor. It’s
a four-room flat with all the modern conveniences.
As I have already said, there are four rooms in
our flat: a living-room, my parents’ bedroom, my
study and my sister’s room. Our living-room isn’t
large. In the evening we stay here together
watching TV, listening to music, talking or
discussing family problems. There is a TV-set there,
a sofa, four armchairs, a piano and a wall-unit. On
the floor and on the wall there are carpets, because
we like when it’s warm and cosy in the room.
In my study there is a writing table near the
window, two chairs and a bookcase. Besides, there
are shelves with audio-cassettes, CDs, books and
souvenirs. I’ve got a computer and a CD-player.
On the walls there are some pictures. But what
67
makes my room interesting is my air fleet of
planes. They hang on strings over your head.
There are different types of airplanes there:
helicopters, sport planes, fighters, bombers,
passenger planes and old models. Besides, I’ve
got a model airport, which I have made with my
own hands. It’s a special attraction to my cbusin.
My parent’s and my sister’s rooms are different.
They reflect their tastes, hobbies and the way of
life. In my parents’ room there are a lot of books
and souvenirs. My mother keeps all the things I
and my sister made ourselves. My sister made a lot
of toys: teddy bears, cats, horses and other animals.
She is crazy on horses that’s why in her room there
are many beautiful posters of horses on the walls.
I can say a lot about my flat. But to make a
long story short, I must say, there is no place like
home. Speaking about our home I don’t mean a
flat as it is. I mean people who are dear to me,
who love me and are always waiting for me. That’s
why wherever I were I would always hurry home.
Vocabulary
[ 'es'flkt]
[ 'bedrom]
[’bums]
[si:di:'pleis]
air fleet
bedroom n.
block of flats
bomber n.
CD-player n.
crazy а.	[ 'kreizi]
discuss v.	[dis'kAs]
fighter п.	['faits]
floor п.	[Пэ:]
hang v.	[hserj]
helicopter п.	['hebkupts]
hurry v.	['Или]
living-room n.	['livirjrom]
воздушная эскадрилья
спальня
многоквартирный дом
бомбардировщик
проигрыватель компакт
дисков
очень увлечённый чем-то
обсуждать
истребитель
этаж, пол
висеть
вертолёт
спешить
зал, гостиная
68
modern conveniences
nine-storeyed
passenger plane
poster n.
reflect v.
souvenir n.
string n.
study n.
taste n.
wall-unit n.
[kan'virnjonsiz]
[ 'stoind]
['paesancfeg]
[ 'pousts]
[n'flekt]
[ "suzvamo]
I'stnrj]
[ 'stAdl]
['te’ist]
[ 'wo:l juimt]
современные удобства
девятиэтажный
пассажирский самолёт
плакат
отражать
сувенир
струна, леска
кабинет
вкус
комбинированный шкаф
(секция)
I. Отметьте в тексте предложения, являющие-
ся эквивалентами русских.
1.	Это четырехкомнатная квартира со всеми
удобствами.
2.	На полу и на стене ковры, потому что мы лю-
бим, когда в комнате тепло и уютно.
3.	Обстановка в их комнатах отражает их вку-
сы, интересы и образ жизни.
4.	Моя сестра очень любит лошадей, и в её ком-
нате.на стенах много красивых плакатов.
5.	Я имею в виду людей, которые дороги мне,
которые меня любят и всегда ждут меня. По-
этому, где бы я ни был, я тороплюсь домой.
II. Заполните пропуски подходящими по смыс-
лу словами.
1.	On the floor and on the wall there are ..., because
we like when it’s ... and ... in the room.
2.	Planes ... on ... over your head.
3.	The rooms reflect their ..., ... and the way of life.
4.	A toy-airport is a special ... to my cousin.
III.	Закончите предложения, используя предло-
женные варианты.
1.	I live in Yakubov street in
a)	a 16-storeyed building.
69
b)	a private house.
c)	a 9-storeyed block of flats.
2.	What makes my room interesting is
a)	my air fleet of model planes.
b)	my collection of badges.
c)	a picture I have painted.
3.	My mother keeps all the things +
a)	my father brought from his journeys.
b)	she has made herself.
с)	I and my sister made ourselves.
4.	To make a long story short, I must say
a)	East or West, home is best.
b)	every bird likes its own nest best.
c)	there is no place like home.
IV.	Ответьте на вопросы.
1.	Where do you live?
2.	Do you live in a small house or in a block of flats?
3.	Which floor is your flat on?
4.	Are there all modern conveniences in your flat?
5.	How many rooms are there in your flat?
6.	What are they?
7.	Where do you usually spend evenings?
8.	Is there much furniture in your flat?
9.	Do you change it round from time to time?
10.	What is there in your room?
11.	Do the rooms in your flat reflect the tastes of
their owners?
12.	Do you agree that there is no place like home?
V.	Прочитайте текст ещё раз и разделите его
на смысловые части. Подберите название к
каждой из них.
VI.	Расположите пункты плана согласно логи-
ке повествования.
1.	Му room.
70
2.	Our living-room.
3.	The place where I live.
4.	My parents’ and my sister’s rooms.
VII. Расскажите о
1.	Your flat.
2.	Your room.
3.	Prove there is no place like home.
My Friend
Lucky are the people who have friends. I’m
happy to have lots of friends, too. Some of them
are very close, some are less. But all of them make
my life interesting and enjoyable.
I appreciate friendship. It’s a special thing. It
makes happiness glow brighter and grief less painful,
because we have friends to share it. When we doubt
our ability to fulfill our aspiration or to reach our
secret goal it is our best friend who gives us a spark
of assurance. And we trust our friend and are
grateful. Friendship is a bridge between loneliness
and fellowship,frustration and confidence,despair
and hope, setbacks and success. That’s why a true
friend is a priceless gift. They are rich who have true
friends, says a proverb and I agree.
I think, Natasha is my best friend. We have
much in common: the same interests ahd attitude
to life. Very often our opinions coincide, sometimes
they differ. But we never quarrel, there’s mutual
understanding between us.
I like her appearance. She is a tall blonde with
blue eyes. She’s not a beauty, but rather attractive.
She possesses a sense of humour and often makes
me laugh.
71
She lives far from my house. But we meet every
day at school. We are the same age. We spend a lot
of time together discussing books, films,
performances, solving our problems, planning our
future. We can talk about everything. I appreciate
my friend’s advice.
I know, that the way to have a friend is* to be
one, so my friend can rely on me I won’t let her
down.
Vocabulary
appreciate v.	[э prijieit]	ценить
aspiration n.	[asspa reijh]	стремление, желание
assurance n.	[□'Juarans]	уверенность
attitude n.	[ ' aetitjuid]	отношение
close a.	[klaus]	близкий
coincide v.	[.kaum'said]	совпадать
confidence n.	[ 'kbnfidans]	уверенность
despair n.	[dis pea]	отчаяние
doubt v.	[ 'daut]	сомневаться
fellowship n.	[felaujip]	дружба, товарищество
frustration n.	[frAs'treiJh]	расстройство (планов),
		крушение (надежд)
gift n.	[gift]	подарок
glow V.	[glau]	зд. сиять
goal n.	[goul]	цель
grateful a.	[ 'greitful]	благодарный
grief n.	[gri:f]	горе
have much in common	[ 'knman]	иметь много общего
let smb. down		подводить, разочаровать
loneliness n.	['launlinas]	одиночество
mutual a.	['mjurtjual]	взаимный
priceless a.	['praislis]	бесценный
quarrel v.	['kworal]	ссориться
rely v.	[n'lai]	полагаться
setback n.	['setback]	неудача
share v.	[feo]	делить
spark n.	[spa:k]	искра
trust V.	[tfASt]	доверять
72
I. Отметьте в тексте предложения, являющие-
ся эквивалентами русских.
1.	Счастливы люди, которые имеют друзей.
2.	Дружба — это мост между одиночеством и
друзьями, растерянностью и уверенностью, от-
чаянием и надеждой, неудачами и успехом.
3.	У нас много общего: одинаковые интересы и
отношение к жизни.
4.	У неё есть чувство юмора, и она часто застав-
ляет меня смеяться.
5.	Я знаю, что единственный путь иметь друга —
это самому быть хорошим другом.
II. Заполните пропуски подходящими по смыс-
лу словами,
1.	Some of my friends are very ..., some are ... .
2.	Friendship makes happiness ... brighter and ...
less painful, because we have friends to ... it.
3.	We ... our friends and are grateful.
4.	Very often our opinions ..., sometimes they differ.
But we never ... . There’s ... understanding
between us.
5.	I ... my friend’s advice.
III.	Закончите предложения, используя предло-
женные варианты.
1.	All my friends make ту life
a)	boring and lonely.
b)	interesting and enjoyable.
c)	dangerous and risky.
2.	A true friendship is
a)	a priceless gift.
b)	a useless thing.
c)	a usual thing.
73
IV.	Прочитайте текст ещё раз и разделите его
на смысловые части, Подберите название к
каждой из них.
V.	Расположите пункты плана согласно логи-
ке повествования.
1.	Му friend’s appearance.
2.	The role of friendship in our life.
3.	The reasons we have made friends.
4.	Why I value my friend.
VI. Ответьте на вопросы.
1.	Are people who have friends lucky? What’s your
opinion?
2.	Have you got lots of friends?
3.	Are all of them your close friends?
4.	Friendship is a special thing,isn’t it?
5.	How do you understand friendship?
6.	What is a true friend?
7.	Who is your best friend?
8.	Have you much in common?
9.	Do you often quarrel?
10.	What does your friend look like?
11.	Do you often meet?
12.	What do you do together?
13.	What must one do to have a friend?
VII. Расскажите о
1.	What real friendship is.
2.	Your best friend.
Hobbies
The author of an article in a Polish newspaper
has counted 1019 personal interests and ways to
spend one’s free time. The most popular hobbies
74
are philately, collecting view-cards, coins,-stamps
badges and books. Some people are interested in
modern architecture. Others are interested in
photography. A useful hobby is collecting
cassettes. You may have recordings of operas
and pop music, folk music and jazz concerts. It’s
impossible to describe all these 1019 hobbies
known in the world. The main thing is that they
enrich our knowledge in some particular field,
broaden our outlook arid help us to relax.
Hobbies differ like tastes; If you have chosen
a hobby according to your character and taste
you are lucky because your life becomes more
interesting.
Hobbies are divided into four large classes:
doing things, making things, collecting things
and learning things.
The most- popular of all hobby groups is doing
things. It includes a wide variety of activities from
gardening to travelling and from chess to volleyball.
Gardening is one of the oldest of man’s hobbies.
Playing computer games is a relatively new hobby.
Making things includes drawing, painting,
making sculpture, designing costumes, handicrafts.
Some hobbyists write music or play musical
instruments.
Almost everyone collects something at some
period of his life. Some collections have no real
value. Others become so large arid valuable that
they are housed in museums and galleries. Many
world-famous collections started in a small way
with one or two items.
No matter what kind of hobby a person has, he
always has the opportunity of learning from it.
75
By reading about the things he is interested in,
he is adding to what he knows. Learning things
can be the most exciting aspect of a hobby.
Vocabulary		
according adv.	[o'koidirj]	согласно, no	/
aspect n.	[ aespekt]	сторона^ аспект
computer games	[kom pju:ta]	компьютерные игры
costume n.	[ 'kpstjuimj	одежда, костюм
design v.	[di'zain]	создавать, моделировать
gardening n.	['ga:dhir>j	садоводство
hobbyist n.	['hobnst]	любитель, человек,
in a small way include v.	[in'klurd]	имеющий хобби понемногу включать
no matter what kind of hobby a person has relatively adv.	[ 'relotivh]	чем бы человек ни увлекался относительно
valuable a.	[ vaeljuabl]	ценный
value n.	[ vaelju:]	ценность
I. Ответьте на вопросы.
1.	Tastes differ. Can you. say the same about
hobbies?
2.	Have you chosen a hobby according to your
character and taste?
3.	What hobby groups do you know?
4.	The most popular hobby group is doing things,
isn’t it?
5.	What kind of activities does it include?
6.	Do you like computer games?
7.	Are you fond of gardening?
8.	Do you enjoy making things?
9.	Have you ever collected anything?
10.	Do you know any private collection that was
given to a museum or a gallery?
11.	Do you agree that learning is the most exciting
aspect of a hobby? Why?
76
Reading in Our Life
I’m fond of reading. In my opinion, books are
a source of emotional inspiration and romantic
feelings. Reading is very useful, because books
enrich our experience with that of the other people.
Besides, books help me to continue my own
education.
I’m sure that a reader lives a richer life than a
non-reader. The time spent on a good book is
never wasted. Reading is a rewarding pastime.
But some people think, that the tempo of modern
life is too fast to waste time on reading. They are
sure that books have begun to lose their prestige,
and value. I disagree.
I enjoy books of different genres: love and
detective stories, thrillers and historical novels,
tales, works after classical and modern writers.
I’m a great lover of the English and American
literature. Among my favourite writers are
W. Shakespeare and Ch. Dickens, J. Galsworthy
and A. Cronin, J. London and E. Hemingway to
name only a few. I read them in translation and
try to read in the original.
I read books after Russian and Belarusian writers,
too. We can say that L. Tolstoy, D. Dostoevsky,
A. Chekhov, A.Pushkin are as popular as they used
to be. Their works have stood the test of time.
My favourite modern writers are V.Karatkevich
and I. Solzhenitsyn.
I try to get acquainted with popular works
and best-sellers. Luckily there is a big choice
of various books in book shops and stalls.
But more often I buy books after Ioanna
77
Chmielewska, a Polish writer of ironical detective
stories.
I can’t imagine my life without reading.
«Except a living man there is nothing more
wonderful than a book», said one clever man.
And I share his opinion. Books teach us what is
right and what is wrong, to understand the world
and people in it, they mould our character and at
the same time tell us exciting stories.
Vocabulary
enrich v.
experience n.
genre n.
inspiration n.
mould v.
pastime n.
prestige n.
reward v.
share v.
source n.
test of time
[in'ritj]
[iks'pianans]
[3a:r)r]
[mspa'reijbn]
[mauld]
['paistaim]
[pres'tis}
[n'word]
Lfeo]
[sors]
обогащать
опыт
жанр
вдохновение
формировать
времяпрепровождение
престиж
вознаграждать
разделять
источник
испытание временем
I. Отметьте в тексте предложения, являющие-
ся эквивалентами русских.
1.	Чтение очень полезно, так как книги обогаща-
ют нас опытом других людей.
2.	Некоторые люди считают, что темп современ-
ной жизни слишком быстр, чтобы ещё тра-
тить время на чтение.
3.	Я читаю их в переводе и пытаюсь читать в
оригинале.
4.	Их труды выдержали испытание временем.
5.	«Кроме живого человека, нет ничего удиви-
тельнее книги», — сказал один мудрый чело-
век.
78
II.	Заполните пропуски подходящими по смыс-
лу словами.
1.	In my opinion, books are a ... of emotional... and
romantic ....
2.	The time ... on a good book is never ....
3.	I’m a great... of the English and American ... .
4.	I try to get ... with popular works and ....
5.	I ... his opinion.
III.	Прочитайте текст ещё раз и разделите его
на смысловые части. Придумайте название
к каждой из них.
IV.	Расставьте пункты плана согласно логике
повествования.
1.	I enjoy books of different genres.
2.	I’m fond of reading.
3.	Books are the greatest wonders in the world.
4.	My favourite writers.
V. Ответьте на вопросы.
1.	Are you fond of reading?
2.	Why is reading useful?
3.	Is time spent on a good book wasted?
4.	What books do you enjoy?
5.	Do you like English and American literature?
6.	What are your favourite writers?
7.	Do you read English writers in translations?
8.	What books have stood the test of time in your opinion?
9.	What modern writers do you know and like?
10.	What is your favourite book?
11.	Can you imagine your life without reading?
VI. Расскажите о
1. The importance of reading in our life.
2. Your favourite writers and books.
79
My School
All children at the age of six go to school.
Schooling is free, universal and compulsory.
Children leave school at the age of 17, so school
becomes their second home.
On the first of September millions of pupils
come back to school after summer holidays to
start or continue studies, to meet classmates and
teachers. Traditionally the first day at school is
a holiday — the Day of Knowledge. On this day
the first-formers go on an excursion to get
acquainted with the school.
Our school is situated in Nesterov street. It’s
a large school. Over 1,500 pupils from 6 to 17
attend it. Our school is young. It is only five
years old. It was built in 1993 on a special design.
A 3-storeyed building consists of two wings:
one for primary school and the other for secondary
school. They are connected by a large light hall.
There we meet our teachers and friends on the
first of September and other holidays. Our school
is beautiful and well-planned. The classrooms
are large and light. Pupils study different subjects
there: Russian, Belarusian, English, Spanish,
French, German, Literature, Mathematics, History,
Geography, Physics, Chemistry, Biology, Music.
All the classrooms are well equipped. Besides, we
have two computer classes, three gyms, a
carpenter’s workshop and a tool workshop, two
home economics rooms — one for cooking and
another for sewing. As you see we have all
facilities to acquire computer and trade skills,
and to go in for sports.
80
Our school provides high quality education, so
that all our pupils have the opportunity to achieve
their potential.
On the ground floor one can see two canteens
for junior and senior pupils and a library. In the
canteens we have meals: breakfast and lunch. In
the library there are not only textbooks, but there
is fiction, newspapers and magazines.
Our Assembly Hall is on the first floor. It is as
large and beautiful as at the theatre. Different
festivals, concerts, drama performances, competitions
are held there.
On the second floor our video-classes, art
workshops, a dance hall and Ecological Centre are
situated. Different out-of-class activities are at
our disposal.
Our school teachers do their best to provide
pupils with wide ranging knowledge and skills.
They aim to provide learning for the new
millennium and we appreciate it.
achieve v.
acquire u.
aim v.
Assembly Hall
be at one’s disposal
canteen n.
carpenter’s workshop
compulsory a.
connect v.
design n,
equip v.
excursion n.
facilities n.
free a.
Vocabulary
[a'tfKv]	достигать
[a'kwais]	приобретать, получать
[eim]	стремиться
[a'sembli]	актовый зал
[dis'pauzal]	быть в чьём-то
	распоряжении
[ksen'tizn]	столовая
['koipintos'w3:k|bp] столярная мастерская
[кэт'рлЕэп]	обязательный
[кэ nekt]	соединять, связывать
[di'zam]	проект
[I'kwipf	оборудовать
[iks'kaijh]	экскурсия
[fa'silitiz]	возможности, удобства
[fri:]	бесплатный
81
home economics room	[.rka'numiks]	кабинет обслуживающего
		труда
junior a.	['djunjo]	младший
millennium n.	[mi'leniom]	тысячелетие
potential n.	[pa'tenjbl]	возможности
provide v.	[ргэ vaid]	обеспечивать, снабжать
range n.	[remcfe]	диапазон
senior a.	[ 'siinjs]	старший
tool workshop	[tu:l]	слесарная мастерская
trade skills		профессиональные навыки
universal a.	[,ju:nfv3:sol]	всеобщий
wing n.	[wirj]	крыло
I. Отметьте в тексте предложения, являющие-
ся эквивалентами русских.
1.	Обучение в школе бесплатное, всеобщее и обя-
зательное.
2.	В трёхэтажном здании два крыла: одно для
начальной школы, а другое для средней.
3.	Все классы хорошо оборудованы.
4.	Наша школа обеспечивает высокий уровень
образования.
5.	Их цель — дать образование соответствующее
новому тысячелетию.
II. Заполните пропуски подходящими по смыс-
лу словами.
1.	On this day the first-formers go on an ... to get
... with the school.
2.	Our school was built in 1993 on a special ....
3.	Our school is beautiful and ....
4.	Besides, we have two computer classes, three gyms,
a ... workshop and a...... two home ... rooms.
5.	All our pupils have ... to achieve their ....
III.	Закончите предложения, используя предла-
гаемые варианты.
1.	Children leave school at the age of 17, so school
82
a)	is the best place for studies.
b)	is never opened again.
c)	becomes their second home.
2.	Traditionally the first day at school is a
holiday —
a)	the Victory Day.
b)	the Day of Knowledge.
c)	April Fool’s Day.
3.	We have all facilities to acquire
a)	computer and trade skills and go in for sports.
b)	skills in speaking.
c)	wide ranging knowledge and singing skills.
4.	The Assembly Hall is as large and beautiful
a)	as the best concert hall.
b)	as at the theatre.
c)	as at the cinema.
5.	Our school teachers do their best to provide
pupils with
a)	wide ranging knowledge and skills.
b)	computer and trade skills.
c)	books and pens.
IV.	Прочитайте текст ещё раз и разделите его
на смысловые части. Подберите название к
каждой из них.
V.	Расположите пункты плана согласно логи-
ке повествования.
1.	Out-of-class activities.
2.	Classrooms and facilities.
3.	Teachers and their aims.
4.	Schooling in our country.
5.	The school building.
VI. Ответьте на вопросы.
1.	At what age do children go to school in our
country?
83
2.	Is schooling free?
3.	When do children leave school?
4.	When does a school year begin?
5.	Is the first day at school a holiday?
6.	Where is your school situated?
7.	Is it large or small? How many pupils are there
at your school?
8.	Is your school old or young?
9.	Its building is large and well-planned, isn’t it?
10.	What do classrooms look like in your school?
11.	Are they well equipped?
12.	Have you got special classrooms, gyms and
workshops?
13.	Does your school provide high quality education?
14.	Is there a canteen, a library, video-classes and
art workshops in your school?
15.	Where are your festivals and holiday meetings
held?
16.	Are there different out-of-class activities at your
disposal at school?
17.	What can you say about your teachers?
VII. Расскажите о
1.	Schooling in your country.
2.	Your school.
At the Doctor’s
One of our first duties is to keep our body in
perfect order. If our body suffers from any
disorder, our mind suffers from it too and we are
unable to make much progress in our studies, we
are unfit to perform our duties.
There are certain laws of keeping health which
are so simple that even a little child can learn
84
them. Fresh air is very important to good health,
perfect cleanliness is also essential. Every room
in the house, especially bedroom should be properly
cleaned. The whole body should be washed
regularly. We like to look at someone who is tidy
and clean. Certain exercises are also necessary to
keep fit. The old and the young should do morning
exercises. Rest is also important to the health of
both body and mind. Plenty of food rich in vitamins
is indispensable for our health, too.
If one of these rules is broken we may fall ill.
The public health system has a variety of medical
institutions. There are polyclinics, hospitals,
dispensaries and some other medical institutions
in our country. The principle of our public health
protection is the prevention of a disease. It is a
matter of concern not only for doctors, but for
the entire society.
Last winter I fell ill. I caught a bad cold. I felt
sick and giddy. I had a bad cough and was
running a high temperature. I had also a cold in
my head and a terrible sore throat. It hurt me
when I swallowed. It was clear that I needed a
doctor’s aid.
My mother dialed the polyclinic and made an
appointment with the doctor. In an hour or so
the doctor in a white gown came' in. Before
diagnosing the disease,she asked me to strip to
the waist, examined my throat, felt my pulse,
sounded my heart and lungs and tested my blood
pressure. She said it was quinsy.
The doctor told me to stay in bed for a week to
avoid complications after the illness. Then she
prescribed me some pills, drops and a mixture. I
85
was to take a table-spoonful of mixture twice a
day, three pills a day after meals and some drops
of medicine into my nose. Then my mother went
to the chemist’s to have the prescription made up.
I followed all the doctor’s directions and in a
week I felt much better. At the end of the yveek
I went to the polyclinic where I had my chest X-
rayed and my blood tested. Everything was all
right. I recovered. The doctor gave me a sick-note
and said that I was as fit as a fiddle.
Vocabulary
avoid v.	[a'void]
be as fit as a fiddle.	
complication n.	Lkompli'kejn]
cough n.	[kDf]
diagnose v.	[ 'daiagnauz]
dial v.	[dail]
directions n.	[di'rekfanz]
disease n.	[di'ziiz]
dispensary n.	[dis'penson]
essential a.	[i'senfal]
feel one’s pulse	[PA1S]
feel sick and giddy	[gidi]
gown n.	[gaun]
have a cold in the head
have one’s blood tested
have one’s chest X-rayed ['eks'reid]
indispensable a,	[.indis'pensabl]
lungs n.	IMz]
make an appointment	[a'pointmant]
mixture n.	[ 'mikstfa]
pill n.	[pllj
prescribe v.	[pns'kraib]
prevention n.	[pn'venfn]
quinsy n.	['kwinzi]
избежать
быть в добром здравии
осложнение
кашель
поставить диагноз
звонить, набрать номер
предписания
болезнь
диспансер
необходимый
проверить пульс
чувствовать
головокружение
халат
схватить насморк
сдать ана лиз крови
пройти флюорографию
незаменимый,
необходимый
лёгкие
зд. вызвать врача
микстура
таблетка
выписать (лекарство)
предупреждение
ангина
86
recover v.
sick-noten.
sore throat
sound one’s heart
strip to the waist
table-spoonful
test one’s blood pressure
the chemist’s
treatment n.
[п'клуэ]
[ 'siknaut]
['so:'Grant]
[ha:t]
[weist]
[ spumful]
[ preja]
['kemists]
[triitmant]
поправиться
справка, бюллетень
боль в горле
прослушать сердце
раздеться до пояса
столовая ложка
измерить давление
аптека
лечение
I. Отметьте в тексте предложения, являющие-
ся эквивалентами русских.
1.	Если наше тело страдает от какой-либо болез-
ни, то наш дух страдает тоже, и мы не способ-
ны ни успешно учиться, ни выполнять свои
обязанности.
2.	Свежий воздух очень важен для хорошего здо-
ровья, как и абсолютная чистота.
3.	Система общественного здравоохранения име-
ет различные медицинские учреждения.
4.	У меня был сильный кашель и поднялась тем-
пература.
5.	Доктор посоветовал мне оставаться в постели
неделю, чтобы избежать осложнений после
болезни.
II. Заполните пропуски подходящими по смыс-
лу словами.
1.	Every room in the house, especially... should be
... cleaned.
2.	Plenty of food rich in ... is ... for our health.
3.	It is a matter of ... not only for doctors but for
the whole society.
4.	My mother ... the polyclinic and made an ... with
the doctor.
5.	The doctor gave me a ... and said that I was as ...
as a... .
87
III.	Закончите предложения, используя предло-
женные варианты.
1.	The main principle of our public health
protection is
a)	the prevention of diseases.
b)	free service.
c)	treatment at home.
2.	It was clear that I needed
a)	to stay in bed for a week.
b)	ice-cream and sweets.
c)	the doctor’s aid.
3.	I followed all the doctor’s directions and
a)	became as fit as a fiddle.
b)	felt sick and giddy.
c)	felt much better.
IV.	Ответьте на вопросы.
1.	Why must we keep our body in perfect order?
2.	Do you know the laws of keeping good health?
What are they?
3.	What medical institutions are there in our
country?
4.	What is the main principle of our public health
protection?
5.	Do you often break the rules?
6.	When were you ill last time?
7.	What did you feel?
8.	Did you call a doctor?
9.	What was the diagnosis?
10.	Did the doctor prescribe you any medicine?
11.	Where did you take the medicine?
12.	Did you follow the doctor’s directions?
13.	When did you recover?
14.	What do you prefer to be ill or healthy?
15.	We wish you to be healthy and strong. What
did you say?
88
V.	Прочитайте текст ещё раз и разделите его
на смысловые части. Подберите название к
каждой из них.
VI.	Расположите пункты плана согласно логи-
ке повествования.
1.	The disease.
2.	One of our main duties.
3.	The treatment.
4.	Laws of keeping good health.
5.	The public health system.
VII. Расскажите о
1.	The rules of healthy life.
2.	What you feel when you are ill.
3.	What a doctor does when you are ill.
Cinema. «Titanic»
I’m not a cinema goer. I prefer to watch films on
TV or video. But I think, that watching a good
film is the best relaxation. It is thought-provoking
and entertaining. Now a growing number of people
prefer watching films on TV to attending cinemas.
There are wonderful comedies, love stories, science
fiction, horror films, detective stories, historical films
on. There’s a variety of films available today.
But the shooting of «Titanic» in 1997 brought
people flocking back to the cinemas. It has become
a blockbuster and brought big profits to the
producers. The reasons are: on the one hand, the
thrilling plot of the film, depicting the first of
the greatest disasters of the 20th century, and, on
the other hand, new technologies of film making,
89
used by James Cameron, the producer. Everybody
wanted to see if the film was really worth eleven
«Oscar» awards.
«Titanic» is the latest screen version of the
tragedy happened on April 14-15, 1912 during
the maiden voyage of the British luxury passenger
liner. The vessel sank with a loss of about 1.500
lives: men, women and children. Their voyage on
board the dream ship ended in a nightmare. It
revealed all human vices: arrogance, self-
satisfaction, greed, selfishness and self-confidence.
But at the same time this tragedy showed the best
traits of human character: the sense of duty and
responsibility, self-sacrifice and short but immortal
love. The love-story about Jack and Rose, a young
poor artist and a 17-year old girl from the upper
society, arouses our sympathy and admiration.
Paired with the main story-line, it adds much to
the impression of the film. «Titanic» made the
leading actors Leonardo Di Caprio and Kate
Winslet international celebrities. The music of
James Horner created a special atmosphere in the
film and has become popular with the public.
The film is interesting not only from the artistic
point of view, but from the technical one as well.
Both the ship and the ocean are virtual,created by
computers. Besides, we can see unique pictures of
«The Titanic» buried in the depth of the ocean. Its
wreck was found lying in two pieces on the ocean
floor at a depth of about 4.000 metres. The pictures
were taken with the help of the Russian ocean-
explorers and shown to the whole world.
By the way, the film was directed by James
Cameron, famous for creating very expensive
90
films with new special effects, which were the
biggest box-office success. «Titanic», is not an
exception. Critics say the film has opened a new
era in film production. I think, they are right.
Vocabulary		
arrogance n.	['serogons]	высокомерие, надменность
attend v.	[abend]	посещать
available a.	[a'veilabl]	имеющийся в наличии
blockbuster n.	[ '.blnk,bASta]	дорогостоящий фильм, отличающийся пышностью постановки
celebrity n.	[si'lebnti]	знаменитость
depict n.	[di'pikt]	изображать, отображать
direct v.	[di'rekt]	ставить (фильм)
entertaining a.	.[enta'temir)]	развлекательный, занимательный
flock u.	[fink]	стекаться толпами
horror n.	[ 'hura]	ужас
immortal a.	[fmaztl]	бессмертный, вечный
loss n.	[Ids]	потеря
luxury n.	[ 'lAkjari]	роскошь
nightmare n.	[ 'naitmea]	кошмар
plot n.	[plot]	сюжет
producer n.	[pra'djusa]	режиссёр-постановщик, продюсер
relaxation n.	[, ri:laek'seijn]	отдых
reveal v.	[n'vizl]	показывать, обнаруживать
science fiction	['saians'fikfan]	научная фантастика
screen version	['skri:n'v3:Jan]	экранизация
shooting n.	['Ju:tir)l	(кино) съёмка
technology n.	[tek'nobcfci]	технология
thought-provoking a.	['Gaztpra vauknj]	заставляющий задуматься
trait of character	[treit]	черта характера
unique a.	[ju:'ni:k]	уникальный, единственный В своём роде
vessel n.	[ vesl]	корабль
vice n.	[vais]	порок, зло, недостаток
virtual a.	[v3:tjual]	виртуальный
wreck n.	[rek]	остов разбитого судна
91
I. Отметьте в тексте предложения, являющие-
ся эквивалентами русских.
1.	Я думаю, что просмотр хорошего фильма___
это лучший отдых.
2.	Эта трагедия показала и лучшие черты чело-
веческого характера: чувство долга и ответ-
ственность, самопожертвование и короткую, но
сохранённую на всю жизнь любовь.
3.	Музыка Джеймса Хорнера создала особую ат-
мосферу фильма и стала популярной.
4.	Кстати, фильм поставлен Джеймсом Каме-
роном, который известен как создатель очень
дорогих и имеющих самый большой кассовый
успех фильмов с новыми спецэффектами
II. Заполните пропуски подходящими по смыс-
лу словами.
1.	There are wonderful comedies,... stories,... films,
.... stories, historical films on.
2.	The ... of «Titanic» in 1997 brought people ...
back to the cinemas.
3.	«Titanic» is the latest ..of the tragedy
happened on April 14—15, 1912 during the ...
voyage of the British ... passenger liner.
4.	«Titanic» made the ... actors Leonardo DiCaprio
and Kate Winslet international....
5.	Besides, we can see the unique ... of the Titanic,
lying in the ... of the ocean.
III.	Закончите предложения, используя предла-
гаемые варианты.
1.	Now a growing number of people prefer
watching films on TV to
a)	attending theatres.
b)	listening to music.
c)	attending cinemas.
92
2.	The voyage on board the dream shi p ended
a)	in America.
b)	in a nightmare.
c)	happily.
3.	The love-story about Jack and Rose, a young
poor artist and a 17-year old girl from the upper
society, arouses
a)	indignation.
b)	polite interest.
c)	sympathy.
4.	The film is interesting not only from the artistic
point of view, but
a)	from the technical one as well.
b)	from the commercial one as well.
c)	from the scientific one as well.
5.	Critics say the film
a) was really worth eleven «Oscar» awards,
b) has opened a new era in film production,
c) has become a blockbuster.
IV.	Прочитайте текст ещё раз, разделите его на
смысловые части и подберите название к
каждой из них.
V.	Расположите пункты плана согласно логи-
ке повествования.
1.	«Titanic» has become a blockbuster.
2.	Techologies of film making.
3.	Watching a good film is the besVrelaxation.
4.	The plot of the film.
VI. Ответьте на вопросы.
1.	Are you a cinema goer?
2.	Where do you prefer to watch films?
3.	Is watching a film a good pastime?
4.	What films do you like to watch?
93
5.	What is your favourite film?
6.	Can you say that it was a blockbuster?
7.	Did it attract public’s attention?
8.	What do you think the reasons of its popularity
are?
9.	What is the film about?
10.	Is it a screen version or an original script/?
11.	Is it thought-provoking or entertaining?
12.	Who stars in the film?
13.	Does music create a special atmosphere in the
film?
14.	What new technologies were used in the film
making?
15.	What do you know about the producer?
16.	What do critics say about the film?
VII. Расскажите о
1.	The reasons why people are fond of watching
films.
2.	Your favourite film.
Sports
Sport is an exiting creative sphere of hard work
and competition. It’s a sphere where men and
women want to surpass themselves. In sport
everyone seeks answers to his own problems.
Not without reason do people say that sport is a
world of its own and it can’t mean the same to
everybody.
People all over the world are fond of sports
and games. Sport makes people healthy, keeps
them fit. We know that there is a sound mind in
a sound body. Sport makes a person’s character.
It’s good for moral development as well. It’s a
94
way to meet other people, even, people from other
countries. There are no social differences in sport.
Everybody is equal. Sport teaches us how to lose
as well as to win.
Many people do sports on their personal initiative.
They go in for skiing, skating, tennis, swimming,
volleyball, football, body-building, etc. All the
necessary facilities are provided for them: stadiums,
sports grounds, swimming pools, skating rinks,
football fields. Sport is paid much attention to
in our educational establishments.
There are different sporting societies, clubs
and complexes in our republic. The most famous
of them are the Olympic complexes «Raubichi»,
«Staiki», «Dinamo» stadium, etc. They are used
for international and world competitions. They
were built for the 22nd Olympic Games which
took place in 1980.
Everybody chooses a kind of sports he or she
is interested in. Every week thousands of people
do sports and millions watch sports programmes
on TV, read sport news in newspapers and listen
to sport reports on the radio.
As for me, I like sports too, though in theory
at present. When I was a junior pupil I went in
for sports. I liked swimming, so I went to the
swimming pool every day. You know how it
always happens when you grow up. The habits
gradually change and at present I hardly do sports
seriously. Though from time to time I do my
morning exercises.
But I am sure if you want to keep fit you must
go in for sports because sport makes people strong,
healthy and optimistic.
95
Vocabulary		
competition п.	[(kompi'tijh]	состязание, соревнование
creative а.	[kri:'eitiv]	творческий
development n.	[di velapmant]	развитие
equal a.	[ 'i:kwal]	равный
facilities n.	[fo'silitiz]	возможности, средства
gradually adv.	['graedjuah]	постепенно	*
habit n.	[' hsebit ]	привычка
healthy a.	[ЪеЮх]	здоровый
junior pupil	['cfcirnp]	ученик младших классов
keep fit		сохранять форму (быть бодрым и здоровым)
mean (meant) v.	[mi:n]	значить
mould v.	[mauld]	формировать
provide v.	[ргэ vaid]	снабжать, обеспечивать
reason n.	[ 'ri:zn]	причина, основание
seriously adv.	['sianash]	серьезно
sphere n.	[sfia]	сфера, поле деятельности
surpass v.	[sa:'pa:s]	превосходить
to be fond of		любить
I. Отметьте предложения, являющиеся экви-
валентами русских.
1.	Не без основания люди говорят, что спорт яв-
ляется миром в себе и не может значить одно
и то же для каждого.
2.	Мы знаем, что «в здоровом теле — здоровый
Дух».
3.	Спорту уделяется большое внимание в наших
учебных заведениях.
4.	Каждую неделю тысячи людей занимаются
спортом, а миллионы смотрят спортивные
программы по телевидению, читают спортив-
ные новости в газетах и слушают спортивные
репортажи по радио.
5.	Если вы хотите сохранить форму (здоровье),
вы должны заниматься спортом, так как спорт
делает человека сильным, здоровым и опти-
мистичным.
96
II.	Вставьте пропущенные слова.
1.	Sport is а ... where men and women want to ...
themselves.
2.	Sport ... a person’s .... It’s good for moral ....
3.	There are different sporting ..., ... and ... in our
republic.
4.	The habits ... change and at present I ... do
sports ....
III.	Закончите предложения, используя предло-
женные варианты.
1.	Sport is an exiting, creative sphere of
a)	our every day life.
b)	hard work and competition.
c)	records and competition.
2.	Sport teaches us how
a)	to make friends.
b)	to spend our time.
c)	to lose as well as to win.
3.	Many people do sports
a)	on their personal initiative.
b)	because they want to surpass themselves.
c)	because they have nothing else to do.
4.	Sport complexes are used for
a)	school sport events.
b)	local competition.
c)	international and world competitions.
IV.	Ответьте на вопросы
1.	What is sport?
2.	Why do people go in for sports?
3.	What facilities are provided for sportsmen?
4.	Are there different sporting societies, clubs
and complexes in your country (city)? What are
they?
5.	Do you like sport?
4 Зак. 151
97
6.	Do you go in for sports?
7.	Do you agree that people must go in for sports?
V.	Разделите текст на смысловые части и под-
берите к ним названия.
VI.	Расположите пункты плана согласно логике.
1.	I like sport.
2.	What is sport?
3.	The necessary facilities for doing sport.
4.	Sport in my country.
5.	The reasons to go in for sports.
VII. Расскажите о
1. Sport in your life
2. Sport in your country.
My Favourite Sportsman
MICHAEL JORDAN is American professional
basketball player. He is often considered the
greatest player in the history of the game. He led
the National Basketball Association (NBA)
Chicago Bulls to five championships.
Jordan was born on the 17th of February, 1963
in Brooklyn, New York. He grew up in Wilmington,
N.C., and entered the University of North Carolina
at Chapel Hill in 1981. As a freshman, he made the
winning basket in the 1982 national championship
game. Jordan was named College Player of the
Year in both his sophomore and junior years. He
left North Carolina after his junior year. Two times
Jordan led the U.S. basketball team to Olympic
gold medals in 1984 in Los Angeles and in 1992
in Barcelona, Spain.
98
In 1984 Jordan was drafted by the Chicago
Bulls. In his first season as a professional
(1984—1985), he led the league in scoring and
was named Rookie of the Year. He missed the
following season because of an injury. When
he returned, he was again a success, scoring 32
points per.game. He was only the second player
(after Wilt Chamberlain) to score 3,000 points
in a single season (1986—1987). Jordan was
named the NBA’s Most Valuable Player (MVP)
four times (1988, 1991, 1992, 1996) and was
also named Defensive Player of the Year in
1988.
In October 1993 Jordan retired briefly to pursue
a career in professional baseball. But in 1995 he
returned to basketball again. In the 1995—1996
season Jordan led the Bulls to a regular season
record, the best in the history of the NBA. The
following season he won his fifth championship
with the Bulls and was named MVP of the NBA
Finals.
At 1.98 m, Jordan, a guard, was an exceptionally
talented shooter and passer and a tenacious
defender. His nickname is «Air Jordan» because
of his extraordinary leaping ability and the
acrobatic manoeuvres he used to evade defenders
as he approached the basket.
Vocabulary
approach u.	[s'prautj]	приближаться, подходить
consider v.	[ksn'sids]	считать
defender n.	[di Tends]	защитник
draft v.	[drazft]	производить отбор, выделять
evade v.	[iveid]	ускользать, обходить
99
freshman n.
guard n.
injury n.
league n.
leaping ability
manoeuvre n,
nickname n.
passer n.
pursue v.
retire v.
rookie n.
score v.
shooter n.
sophomore n.
tenacious a.
['frefmanj
[ga:d]
[mcfean]
['li.pir) a'bihti]
[ma'nuivo]
[ 'mkneim]
[ pern]
[ps'sju:]
[n'taia]
['rukj]
[sko:]
['Ju:tQ]
[ 'snfamo:]
[ti'heijbs]
студент-первокурсник
зд. защитник
травма
лига
прыгучесть
манёвр
прозвище
передающий *
преследовать (цель)
уйти
новичок
набирать очки
забивающий
студент-второкурсник
цепкий, крепкий, упорный
I. Отметьте в тексте предложения, являющие-
ся эквивалентами русских.
1.	Его часто считают величайшим игроком в ис-
тории баскетбола.
2.	Два раза Джордан приводил американскую
сборную по баскетболу к олимпийским золо-
тым медалям: в 1984 году в Лос-Анджелесе и
в 1992 году в Барселоне в Испании.
3.	Он был вторым после Уилта Чемберлена, кто
выиграл 3000 очков в одном сезоне.
4.	В октябре 1993 года Джордан на короткое вре-
мя ушёл из баскетбола в профессиональный
бейсбол.
II. Заполните пропуски подходящими по смыс-
лу словами.
1.	As а ..., he made the winning basket in the 1982
national championship game.
2.	In 1984 Jordan was ... by the Chicago Bulls.
3.	He missed the following season because of an ... .
4.	At 1.98 metre, Jordan, a ..., was an exceptionally
talented shooter and ... and a tenacious ....
100
III.	Ответьте на вопросы.
1.	What is Michael Jordan?
2.	When and where was he born?
3.	When did he make his winning basket as a
freshman?
4.	How many times did Jordan win the Olympic
gold medals?
5.	When was he drafted by the Chicago Bulls?
6.	Was he a successful player?
7.	Can you name his titles?
8.	Why did he retire in October 1993?
9.	When did Jordan lead the Bulls to the best
season record in the history of the NBA?
10.	Why is Michael called «Air Jordan»?
IV.	Расскажите о
Michael Jordan is an outstanding basketball-
player.
Music in Our Life
It’s difficult to speak about music in general,
because it will either take a lot of time or just one
sentence to explain our attitude. Music is an
integral part of our life. It is varied because it
reflects different human emotions. If we ask
several people what kind of music they like, all of
them will give different answers. Tastes differ.
But the world of music is boundless and everybody
can find there something that satisfies his tastes
and demands. And all the people will agree that
our world will be dull without music. We enjoy
music because it influences our mood and
imagination, reflects our inner state and character,
101
arouses deep emotions and, makes us think. It
helps us to remove from tiredness and tension or
find new strength, get new energy and optimism.
That’s why we can say that all kinds of music
are popular with public: classical and pop music,
folk music and jazz, operas, musicals, orchestral
performances, chamber music, rock and roll, heavy
metal, rap, rock, hard rock, rave and so on. For
this reason music festivals which are held
annually gather large audience.
As for me, I enjoy both classical music and
variety show. Some people say, it is difficult to
understand classical music. But I’ve never been
scared by the fact. I enjoy music if it appeals to
me. I’m fond of P.I.Chaikovsky, Bach, Mozart.
Among contemporary composers I appreciate
A.Lloyd Webber and his musicals and rock operas.
If you want to know my preferences in pop music,
among singers or pop groups, I won’t be able to
name any. For variety is variety, I like to listen to
different songs, to watch different singers, to hear
something new. But I prefer tuneful melodies,
easy to remember, light and sometimes haunting.
annually adv.
appeal v.
arouse v.
attitude n.
boundless a.
contemporary a.
haunting a.
influence v.
inner state
integral part
mood n.
Vocabulary	
['senjuali]	ежегодно
[a'pi:l]	нравиться
[a'rauz]	вызывать, будить
[ 'set itju:d]	отношение
[ baundhs]	безграничный
[кэпЧетрэгэп]	современный
[ho.ntir)]	навязчивый
['influans]	влиять
['mb]	внутреннее состояние
['intigral]	неотъемлемая часть
[rnuidj	настроение
102
reflect v.	[n'flekt]	отражать
satisfy v.	[ 'sastisfai]	удовлетворять
scare v.	[skeg]	отпугивать, пугать
strength n.	['strerjO]	сила
tension n.	[tenfn]	напряжение
tiredness n.	[ 'taiadms]	усталость, утомление
tuneful a.	[ 'tjunful]	мелодичный
varied ц.	[ vesnd]	разнообразный
variety n.‘	[va'raioti]	1) разнообразие,
2) эстрада
I. Отметьте в тексте предложения, являющие-
ся эквивалентами русских.
1.	Трудно говорить о музыке вообще, так как
объяснение нашего отношения или займёт
много времени, или будет выражено в одном
предложении.
2.	Мир музыки безграничен, и каждый может
найти в нём то, что удовлетворяет его вкусы
и требования.
3.	Вот почему музыкальные фестивали, которые
проводятся ежегодно, собирают огромные
аудитории.
4.	Я предпочитаю мелодичную музыку, легко за-
поминающуюся, лёгкую и иногда навязчивую.
II. Заполните пропуски подходящими по смыс-
лу словами.
1.	It is ... because it reflects different human
emotions.
2.	We enjoy music because it ... our mood and
imagination,.. our ... state and character,... deep
emotions and makes its think.
3.	As for me I enjoy both ... music and ... show.
4.	I enjoy music if it ... to me
5.	Among ... composers I	A.Lloyd Webber and
his musicals and ... operas.
103
III.	Закончите предложения, используя предло-
женные варианты.
1.	Music is
a) a complicated art difficult to understand,
b) an integral part of our life.
c) one of the fine arts.
2.	All the people will agree that our world will be
a) more interesting without music.
b)	dull without music.
c)	dull without cinema.
3.	Music helps us to remove from
a)	tiredness and tension.
b)	friends and other people.
c)	noise of the city.
4.	I enjoy music if
a)	I am in good mood.
b)	Гт tired and ill.
c)	it appeals to me.
IV.	Ответьте на вопросы.
1.	Is it easy for you to speak about music in
general?
2.	Why do you think music is varied?
3.	Can people live without music? What’s your
opinion?
4.	Why do people enjoy music?
5.	What music is popular?
6.	What music do you enjoy?
7.	What composers are you fond of?
8.	What are your favourite groups, singers and
musicians?
9.	What melodies are you fond of?
V.	Прочитайте текст ещё раз и разделите его
на смысловые части. Подберите название к
каждой из них.
104
VI.	Расположите пункты плана согласно логи-
ке повествования.
1.	The world of music is boundless.
2.	The music I enjoy.
3.	Music is an integral part of our life.
VII. Расскажите о
1.	The role of music in our life.
2.	Your preferences in music.
My Favourite Composer
ANDREW LLOYD WEBBER is one of the
outstanding contemporary English composers.
He is famous for his electric, rock-based works
which helped revitalize British and American
musical theatre in the late 20th century.
Lloyd Webber was born on March 22, 1948 in
London. He studied at Magdalen College, Oxford,
and at the Royal College of Music. While a student
he began collaborating with Timothy Rice on
dramatic productions. Rice wrote the lyrics to
Lloyd Webber’s music. Their first notable venture
was «Joseph and the Amazing Technicolor
Dreamcoat» (1968), a pop oratorio for children.
It earned world-wide popularity. It was followed
by the rock opera «Jesus Christ Superstar» (1971),
an extremely popular work that blended classical
forms with rock music to tell the story of Jesus’
life. This show was one of the longest-running
musicals in.British theatrical history.
Lloyd Webber’s last major collaboration with
Rice was on «Evita» (1978), a musical about Eva
Peron, the wife of the Argentine dictator Juan Peron.
105
In his next major musical, «Cats» (1981), Lloyd
Webber set to music verses from a children’s
book by T.S. Eliot. «Cats» became the longest-
running musical in the history of British theatre
and eventually (1996) eclipsed the record-setting
Broadway performance run of A Chorus Line.
In 1986 Lloyd Webber composed a hugely
popular musical version of «The Phantom of the
Opera» with lyricist Charles Hart and Richard
Stilgoe. It strikes the spectators’ imagination with
superb music, powerful and captivating melodies,
which have become classical.
Lloyd Webber’s other musicals include «Song
and Dance» (1982), «Starlight Express» (1984)
and «Aspects of Love» (1989).
Lloyd Webber’s best musicals were flashy
spectacles that featured vivid melodies and
forceful dramatic staging. He was able to blend
such disparate genres as rock and roll, English
music-hall song, and operatic forms into music
that had a wide popular appeal.
In 1992 Queen Elizabeth II dubbed Webber a
knight.
Vocabulary
blend v.	[blend]
collaborate v.	[ka'laebareit]
disparate о.	[ 'dispont]
dub a knight	['dAbs'nait]
earn v.	[з:п]
eclipse v.	[i'klips]
eventually adv.	(I'ventjuali]
feature v.	
flashy a.	IW1
смешивать
сотрудничать
несопоставимый
посвящать в.рыцари
зарабатывать
затмевать
в конечном счёте, в итоге,
в конце концов
отличаться
сверкающий
106
forceful a.
lyrics n.
revitalize v.
spectacle n.
venture n.
vivid a.
[ 'foisful]
['links]
[га vaitolaiz]
[ 'spektakl]
[ ventfa]
[ vivid]
сильный
слова песни
возрождать, оживлять
спектакль
смелое предприятие
яркий, живой
I, Отметьте в тексте предложения, являющие-
ся эквивалентами русских.
1.	Он знаменит своими произведениями, в осно-
ве которых лежит рок музыка, исполняемая
на электроинструментах. Эти произведения
помогли возродить английский и американс-
кий музыкальный театр в конце 20 века.
2.	Затем последовала рок-опера «Иисус Хрис-
тос — суперзвезда» (1971), чрезвычайно попу-
лярное произведение, в котором соединились
классические формы и рок музыка, чтобы рас-
сказать о жизни Христа.
3.	«Призрак оперы» поражает воображение зри-
телей великолепной музыкой, яркими чарую-
щими мелодиями, которые стали классикой.
4.	В 1992 году королева Елизавета II посвятила
Вебера в рыцари.
II. Заполните пропуски подходящими по смыс-
лу словами.
1.	While a student he began ... with Timothy Rice
on.........
2.	It ... worldwide popularity.
3.	«Cats» became the longest-running ... in the
history of British theatre and ... eclipsed the
record-setting Broadway performance run of A
Chorus Line.
4.	Lloyd Webber’s best musicals were ... spectacles
that featured... melodies and ... dramatic staging.
107
III.	Ответьте на вопросы.
1.	What is Lloyd Webber?
2.	What is he famous for?
3.	When and where was he born?
4.	Where did he study?
5.	When did he begin collaborating with T.Rice?
6.	Was their collaboration successful?
7.	What are Webber’s most popular operas?
8.	What are his works noted for?
9.	Why did Elizabeth II dub Webber a knight?
10,	Have you heard his rock operas or musicals?
IV.	Расскажите о
A.L. Webber is an outstanding English composter.
My Going to the Theatre
I should say that it is impossible not to love
theatre. It shows us how beautiful, strong and
clever people are, how wonderful and interesting
life is. That’s why it is almost impossible to get
tickets when a good play is on. You have to buy
tickets beforehand either at the box-office of the
theatre itself or at one of the agencies.
When you go to the theatre you should know
that the best seats are those in the stalls, the circle
and the upper circle. Then comes the pit and last
of all the gallery where the seats are the cheapest.
Boxes, of course, are the most expensive. It is true
to every theatre where you can see opera, ballet,
comedy, drama, musical comedy or a variety show.
Most theatres and music-halls have good orchestras
with popular conductors. So if you have chosen a
good play you will enjoy it thoroughly from the
108
moment the curtain goes up to the end of the last
act.
Frankly speaking, the same was with me when
I saw «Swan Lake» by Pyotr Ilyitch Chaykovsky,
the great Russian composer. I had heard a lot
about the «Swan Lake» and was eager to see it.
Once I learnt that the ballet would be on at our
Opera and Ballet House. But I was in doubt
whether I could get tickets as the house is usually
sold long before the performance. Luckily, I
managed to get two tickets to the evening
performance.
Long before the performance I and my friend
were at the theatre impatiently waiting for the
beginning of the ballet. The audience came and
all the seats were engaged though the house held
very many people.
Soon the lights went down, the curtain rose and
we caught our breath when we saw a lake in the
moonlight and tender sounds of music touched
our ears. From that time on we couldn’t take our
eyes off the stage where delicate» charming
«swans» were flying in their wonderful dance. I
was absolutely thrilled with the dance of the «black
swan», treacherous and beautiful. It goes without
saying, that the actress dancing the leading part
was at her best and captivated the audience. We
couldn’t help admiring the selfless fight of love
against evil and witchcraft.
When the final curtain fell and the lights went
up the theatre burst into stormy applause. Curtain
call followed curtain call. The performance was a
success indeed and it left an unforgettable
impression on тё«
109
Chaykovsky created «Swan Lake» in 1876. And
there is no one who is indifferent to this masterpiece.
Perhaps, it is because the musician of genius
Chaykovsky had a rare gift of responding with
his heart to sufferings and joys of all people.
Vocabulary
audience n.	['ardjans]	публика, зрители
be on v.		идти (о спектакле)
beforehand adv.	[bi'forhaend]	заранее
box n.		ложа
box-office n.	['bnks'ufis]	театральная касса
circle n.	[S3:kl]	ярус
dress-circle		бельэтаж
pit n.		последние ряды партера
stage n.	[steidj]	сцена
stalls n.	[sto:lz]	партер
treacherous a.	[ 'tretfaras]	вероломный
upper circle		балкон
witchcraft n.	['witfkra:ft]	колдовство
I. Ответьте на вопросы.
1.	Do you like to go to the theatre?
2.	Where can you buy tickets?
3.	Where are the best seats at the theatre?
4.	What kinds of performances are on at the
theatre?
5.	Are you fond of opera or ballet?
6.	Have you seen «Swan Lake»?
7.	What was the last performance you enjoyed?
8.	Was the house full?
9.	What were you impressed with?
10.	Was the performance a success?
II.	Расскажите о
1. Theatres in your town.
2. Your impressions after a visit to the theatre.
Раздел III
Topics. Intermediate Level
Great Britain in Brief
The United Kingdom of Great Britain and
Northern Ireland is the official name of the British
Kingdom, including England, Scotland, Wales and
Northern Ireland.
It is situated on the British Isles which lie off
the north-west coast of the European continent.
The British Isles consist of more than 5,500
islands. The biggest island is Great Britain.
There are also the Shetland Islands, the Hebrides,
the Orkney Islands, the Isle of Man, Anglesey,
Wight, etc.
Great Britain stretches for 1000 kilometres
from the south to the extreme north, and for 500
kilometres in the widest part.
It is washed by the Atlantic Ocean in the north-
west, north and south-west, and is separated from
the European continent by the North Sea, the
Straight of Dover and the English Channel.
The country occupies the area of 242,500 square
kilometres. The territory of Great Britain is small,
yet the country has a wide variety of scenery.
England, which is the richest, the most fertile and
the most populated part of the country, is a vast
111
plain. It is separated from Scotland by the Cheviot
Hills running from east to west. In Northwest
England there are many picturesque lakes with
green, wooded or grassy shores and grey
mountains all around. It is famous Lake District,
the real tourist attraction. Wales and Scotland
are mountainous areas. In Wales the mountains
are rocky and difficult to climb. The highest
mountain is Snowdon. The Highlands of Scotland
are among the oldest mountains in the world.
The highest of them is Ben Nevis. By the way,
Scotland is a land of famous lakes. They are
called «lochs» there. The beautiful Loch Lomond
is the largest one and Loch Ness attracts millions
of tourists by its legendary monster.
The rivers are not long in Britain. The largest
of them are the Severn (350 km), the Clyde and
the Mersey. They flow into the Irish Sea. The
Thames (346 km), the Trent (274 km), the Ouse
keep their way to the North Sea. The Thames is
the busiest and the most important river in Great
Britain. The capital of Great Britain, London,
stands on the Thames.
The climate of Great Britain is temperate and
mild due to the influence of the warm waters of
the Gulf-Stream. The summers are usually cool
and rainy. There is much rain and fog in autumn
and in winter. Great Britain is a damp country.
The weather is very changeable and it is the
favourite topic of conversation in Britain.
The population of Great Britain is 57 million
people. Population density is highest in England
and lowest in Scotland. Four out of every five
people live in towns and cities. The largest of them
112
are London, Birmingham, Liverpool, Manchester,
Glasgow, Edinburgh, Cardiff and Belfast.
Britain is a parliamentary democracy with a
constitutional monarch. The present Sovereign
is Queen Elizabeth IL In practice, the Sovereign
reigns but doesn’t rule. The United Kingdom is
governed by the Government — a body of
Atlantic Ocean
:;l v V EdvaHttrifb ;
'****
\ InshSea	,
Great grttain
a
North
Sea
Thames
English Channel
France


Ministers, the Cabinet. It consists of the leading
members of the political party in power. They
are responsible to Parliament. The main political
parties are the Conservatives, the Labour party
113
and the Liberal-Social Democratic party. The
Prime Minister, who heads the Government, is
usually the leader of the party which has a
majority in the House of Commons. The House of
Commons and the House of Lords with the
Monarch comprise the Parliament. Once
Parliament approves legislation it receives the
Royal Assent and becomes law.
Great Britain is one of the world’s major
industrialised and trading nations. It enjoys a long
established democratic system of government
which has provided political stability. The United
Kingdom is a member of the European Community
(EC), the United Nations Organisation (UNO), the
North Atlantic Treaty Organisation (NATO) and
the Commonwealth.
Vocabulary
appoint v.
approve v.
attraction n.
be situated v.
coast n.
comprise v.
damp a.
density n.
due to
establish v.
fertile a.
flow v.
govern v.
influence n.
island n.
legislation n.
lie off (lay, lain) v.
majority n.
[o'point]
[a'pruv]
[ot'raekjh]
[ 'sitjueitid]
[koust]
[kom'praiz]
[daemp]
[ 'densiti]
[dju:]
[is'taeblij]
[ 'fsztail]
[flou]
[длуоп]
[ 'influons]
[.'ailond]
[.lecfeis'leijh]
[ 'lai of]
[mo'djnnti]
назначать
одобрять, утверждать
привлекательность
быть расположенным
побережье
входить в состав
сырой, влажный
плотность населения
благодаря
устанавливать, основать
плодородный
течь
управлять
влияние
остров
законодательство
находиться на некотором
расстоянии
большинство
114
mild a.	[maild]
picturesque a.	[piktjb'resk]
provider.	[pra'vaid]
reign v.	[rein]
Royal Assent	[ roial 9'sent]
rule v.	[ru:l]
scenery n.	[ 'srnan]
separate v.	[ 'separeit]
shore n.	Lfo:]
sovereign n.	[SDVnn]
stretch v.	[stretj]
temperate a.	['tempant]
topic n.	[ 'topik]
vast a.	[va:st]
мягкий
живописный
обеспечивать
царствовать
королевская санкция,
одобрение
править
пейзаж, вид
разделять, отделять
берег
монарх
простираться, протянуться
умеренный
предмет разговора, тема
обширный, огромный
I. Отметьте в тексте предложения, являющие-
ся эквивалентами русских.
1.	Оно (Объединённое Королевство) расположено
на Британских островах, которые находятся не-
далеко от северо-западного побережья Европы.
2.	Англия, наиболее богатая, плодородная и наи-
более заселённая часть страны, является об-
ширной равниной.
3.	Уэльс и Шотландия — горные районы.
4.	Четверо из каждых пяти человек живут в го-
родах.
5.	Погода в Британии изменчивая и является
любимой темой для разговоров.
6.	Фактически, монарх царствует, но не правит.
7.	Великобритания — одна из основных про-
мышленных и торговых наций в мире.
II. Заполните пропуски подходящими по смыс-
лу словами.
1.	Great Britain ... for over 1Q00 kilometres from
the south to the ... north and for 500 kilometres
in the ... part.
115
2.	The ... of Great Britain is small, yet the country
has a wide variety of ... .
3.	The beautiful Loch Lomond is the largest lake
and Loch Ness ... millions of tourists by its.
4.	The Thames is the ... and the most important...
in Great Britain.
5.	Population ... is highest in England and . •> in
Scotland.
6.	The Queen ... the Prime Minister to form a ... or
the Cabinet.
7.	The Prime Minister is usually the leader of the
party which has a ... in the House of Commons.
III.	Опираясь на содержание прочитанного тек-
ста, закончите предложения, используя пред-
лагаемые варианты.
1.	Great Britain is washed by the Atlantic Ocean
in the north-west, north and south-west and is
separated from the European continent
a)	by the Irish Sea and the Strait of Dover.
b)	by the Chaviot Hills. .
c)	by the North Sea, the Strait of Dover and the
English Channel.
2.	In Northwest England there are many picturesque
a) lakes with green, wooded or grassy shores
and grey mountains all around.
b)	mountains with green, wooded or grassy slopes.
c)	rivers with green, wooded or grassy banks
and grey mountains.
3.	The Highlands of Scotland are among
a) the highest mountains ill the world,
b) the oldest mountains in the world,
c) the most rocky mountains in the world.
4.	Summers are usually
a)	hot and rainy.
b)	cool and rainy.
c)	warm and sunny.
116
IV.	Ответьте на вопросы.
1.	What is the official name of Great Britain?
2.	Where is the United Kingdom situated?
3.	Is it a large country?
4.	What kind of scenery can you see on the territory
of Great Britain?
5.	What can you say about mountains, rivers and
lakes in Great Britain?
6.	Is population density high in Great Britain?
7.	What influences the climate of Great Britain?
8.	Is Britain a parliamentary democracy?
9.	Who rules the country?
10.	Who is appointed the Prime Minister in Great
Britain?
11.	What is the British Parliament?
V.	Прочитайте текст, разделите его на смысловые
части, подберите названия к каждой из них.
VI.	Расположите пункты плана согласно логи-
ке повествования.
1.	The climate of Great Britain.
2.	The political system of the United Kingdom.
3.	The geographical position of the UK.
4.	The population of Great Britain.
5.	A wide variety of scenery.
6.	The world’s major industrialised and trading
nation.
VII. Используя факты из текста расскажите о
1.	The geographical position of the UK.
2.	The climate of the UK.
3.	The population of Great Britain.
4.	The political system of the UK.
5.	Great Britain as one of the major industrialised
and trading nations.
117
History of Great Britain
The United Kingdom of Great Britain and
Northern Ireland is a country of great history rich
in important events and entertaining legends
connected with them. It’s not enough to wrjte
several volumes to tell the full history of the
country. That’s why we’ll try to answer the question
where the British come from and who they are.
They say, that in prehistoric times Britain was
joined to Europe. So the first people came there
over dry land. The present English Channel which
separates Britain from Europe appeared at the end
of the Ice Age. In the New Stone Age the hunters
crossed the sea to the west of the Channel and
settled along the Western shores in search of
food. The first inhabitants of the island came from
the Iberian peninsula, where Spain is located,
somewhere after 3000 BC. After 2000 BC the
people from the east of Europe entered the country.
The two peoples intermixed. They left us
Stonehenge and Avebury as impressive monuments
of their time.
After 800 BC the Celts arrived from Central
Europe and opened up a new important page of
the British history. The name «Britain» comes
from the name of a.Celtic tribe known as the
Britons. Their influence was greatest in Wales,
Scotland and Ireland, as they were driven to these
parts by the invaders who followed them. That’s
why these parts of Britain are very different from
England in language, customs and traditions.
In 55 BC Julius Caesar, the Roman ruler,
invaded Britain. However, his first expedition
118
was not successful, because his force was small,
and the Celts fought well. In the following year
54 BC he invaded the country with a larger army
and this time the expedition was successful: the
Celts were defeated. But Caesar didn’t stay in
Britain. He left the country with slaves and riches
and made the Celts pay a regular tribute to Rome.
Some 90 years later, in 43 AD, the country was
conquered by the Romans and the occupation
continued to the beginning of the 5th century
(410 AD). Roman influence was greatest in the
south and south-east, while in the north and west
the country remained untouched. The Romans
built many towns, connected them by good roads.
The largest of the towns was called Londinium.
Roman culture and civilization had a positive
influence on the development of the country. When
the Romans left, Britain remained independent
for some time.
However quite soon it was attacked by Germanic
tribes: the Jutes, the Saxons and the Angles. And
by the end of the 5th century the greater part of
the country was occupied. People began to call the
new land of the Angles and Saxons England. Wales,
Cornwall, the northern part of Britain and Ireland
remained unconquered and preserved Celtic culture.
1 The Saxon kingdoms fought one against the
other. In 829 the greater part of the country was
united under the name England.
The northern part was the home of the Picts
and Scots. After the conquest of the Picts by the
Scots in the 9th Century this territory was called
Scotland. And in' the 11Л century a united Scottish
kingdom was formed. - u
119
An important event which contributed to the
unification of the country was the adoption of
Christianity in England in 664.
In the 9th century the Danes attacked England.
It was Alfred who defeated the Danes making
them sign a peace agreement.
The last of the invaders to come to Britain were
the Normans from France. In 1066 Duke William
of Normandy defeated the English at the battle of
Hastings and established his rule as king of
England known as William the Conqueror. The
French language became the official language of
the ruling class for the next three centuries. This
explains the great number of French words in
English. The power of the state grew and little by
little England began to spread its power. First on
Wales, then on Scotland and later on Ireland.
Wales was brought under the English parliament
in 1536 and 1542 by Henry VIII.
In 1603 the son of Mary Queen of Scots
James Stuart became James I of England. The
union of England, Wales and Scotland became
known as Great Britain. However the final
unification of Scotland and England took place
in 1707 when both sides agreed to form a single
parliament in London for Great Britain; although
Scotland continued to keep its own system of
law, education and have an independent church.
Ireland was England’s first colony, but even
now there are problems there connected with
religion. The Irish people can be divided into two
religious groups: Catholics find Protestants. The
fighting between these groups is connected with
the colonial past. In the 16th century Henry VIII
120
of England quarreled with Rome and declared
himself head of the Anglican Church, which was a
Protestant church. He tried to force Irish Catholics
to become Anglican. This policy was continued by
his daughter Elizabeth I. The «Irish question»
remained in the centre of British politics till 1921.
After a long and bitter struggled the southern
part of Ireland became a Free State. The northern
part of Ireland where the Protestants were in
majority remained part Of the UK. After all the
years of confrontation the people of Northern
Ireland understand that only through peace talks
and respect for the rights of both Catholics and
Protestants can peace be achieved.
Recently, there have been many waves of
immigration into Britain. Now Britain is a
multinational society, which benefits from the
influence of different people and cultures.
Vocabulary
AD = anno Domini (лат.)	
adoption п.	[a'dnpjh]
attack v.	[а Чаек]
ВС = before Christ	
benefit n.	[ 'benifit]
bitter struggle	
Celt	[kelt]
conquer v.	['knrjka]
conqueror n.	['korjkara]
contribute v.	[kan'tnbjut]
Danes	[demz]
declare v.	[di'klea]
defeat v.	[di fi:t]
drive (drove, driven) v.	[draiv]
entertaining a.	^enta'teinir)]
force v.	[fo:s]
нашей эры
принятие
нападать, атаковать
до нашей эры
извлекать пользу
жестокая борьба
кельт
завоёвывать, покорять
завоеватель
способствовать
датчане
объявлять
наносить поражение
гнать, преследовать
занимательный
заставлять, принуждать
121
Iberian peninsula	[ai'bianan]	Иберийский полуостров
Ice Age impressive a.	[im'presiv]	(там, где находится Испания) ледниковый период впечатляющий
intermix v.	[.into'miks]	смешивать(ся),
invade v.	[in'veid]	перемешивать(ся)^ вторгаться, захватывать,
New Stone Age preserve v.	[pn'z3:v]	оккупировать новый каменный век сохранять
quarrel v.	['kworal]	ссориться
ruler n.	[ 'ги:1э]	правитель
search n.	[S3:t(]	поиски
separate v.	['separeit]	отделять, разделять
sign v.	[sain]	подписывать
tribe n.	[traib]	племя
tribute n.	['tnbjlEt]	дань
unification n.	[Juimfi'keiJn]	объединение
untouched	[An'Utft]	нетронутый,
volume n.	[ 'vnljum]	незавоёванный том, книга
I. Отметьте предложения, являющиеся экви-
валентами русских.
1.	Чтобы рассказать полностью историю страны,
не хватит и нескольких томов.
2.	Первые жители острова пришли с Иберий-
ского полуострова, где находится Испания, где-
то после 3000 года до нашей эры.
3; После 800 года др нашей эры кельты пришли
из Центральной Европы и открыли новую
страницу в истории Британии.
4.	Юлий Цезарь покинул страну с рабами и бо-
гатством и заставил кельтов регулярно пла-
тить дань Риму.
5.	Римская культура и цивилизация оказали по-
ложительное влияние на развитие страны.
122
6.	Люди стали называть новые земли англов и
саксов Англией.
7.	В 1066 году герцог Вильгельм Нормандский
разбил англичан в битве под Гастингсом и
стал королём Англии, известным под име-
нем Вильгельм Завоеватель.
8.	Сейчас Британия — это многорассовое обще-
ство, которое выигрывает от влияния различ-
ных народов и культур друг на друга.
П. Заполните пропуски подходящими по смыс-
лу словами.
1.	The present English Channel which ... Britain
from Europe ... at the end of the.....
2.	They left us ... and ... as ... monuments of their
time.
3.	Their influence was great in Wales, Scotland
and Ireland, as they were ... to these parts by the
... who followed them.
4	Roman ... was greatest in the south and south-
east, while in the north and west the country
remained .
5.	An important event which ... to the ... of the
country was the ... of Christianity in England
in 664.
6.	The French ... became the official ... of the ...
class for the next three centuries.
7.	In the 16th century Henry VIII of England ...
with Rome and ... himself head of the........
which was a Protestant church.
8.	After all years of ... the people of Northern
Ireland understand that only through ... talks
and ... for the rights of both Catholics and
Protestants can peace be ... .
123
III.	Закончите предложения, используя предла-
гаемые варианты.
1.	That’s why we try to answer the questions
a)	why the British are so arrogant and who
they are.
b)	where the British come from and who they are.
c)	where the British come from and where they
leave for.
2.	The Romans built many towns, connected them
by roads. The largest of the towns was called
a) New Rome.
b)	Scotland.
c)	Londinium.
3.	After the conquest of the Picts by the Scots in
the 9th century this territory was called
a)	Scotland.
b)	Wales.
c)	Ireland.
4.	An important event which contributed to the
unification of the country was
a)	the formation of a single parliament in
London.
b)	the defeat of the English by William the
Conqueror.
c)	the adoption of Christianity in England in
664.
5.	The union of England, Wales and Scotland became
known as
a)	Great Britain.
b)	England.
c)	the United Kingdom of Great Britain and
Northern Ireland.
IV.	Ответьте на вопросы.
1.	What was Britain in prehistoric times?
2.	When did the English Channel appear?
124
3.	Who were the first inhabitants of the island?
4.	Who left us Stonehenge and Avebury?
5.	Where did the name «Britain» come from?
6.	Where were the Celtic language, customs and
traditions preserved?
7.	Who made the Celts pay a regular tribute to
Rome?
8.	How long did the Romans stay in Britain?
9.	Roman culture had a positive influence on the
development of the country, didn’t it?
10.	Where did the name «England» come from?
11.	Why was the northern part of Great Britain
called Scotland?
12.	What important event contributed to the
unification of the country?
13.	Who were the last of the invaders to come to
England?
14.	How long did the Norman invasion last?
15.	What language was the official one during the
rule of William the Conqueror?
16.	What were the next steps of the unification of
the country?
17.	What is the «Irish question»?
18.	What’s the reason of the confrontation in Ireland?
19.	Can peace be achieved?
20.	Britain is a multinational society now, isn’t it?
V.	Прочтите текст ещё раз и разделите его на
смысловые части. Подберите название к каж-
дой из них.
VI.	Расположите пункты плана согласно логи-
ке повествования.
1.	The last of the invaders.
2.	Julius Caesar and the Romans in the history of
Great Britain.
3.	The first inhabitants.
4.	«Irish question».
125
5.	The Celts opened up a new important page in
the British history.
6.	Germanic tribes and the formation of the
Scottish kingdom.
7,	England began to spread its power. The
formation of Great Britain.
8.	Britain is a country of great history. z
VII. Используя факты из текста расскажите о
1.	The first inhabitants of the British Isles and
the Celtic tribes.
2.	Roman influence on the development of Britain.
3.	The formation of Great Britain.
4.	The «Irish question».
London
London is the capital of the United Kingdom,
one of the largest and one of the world’s most
enjoyable cities. It offers the tourists an
astonishing variety of scene. In this historic
city the modern rubs shoulders with the old, the
present is ever conscious of the past, the great
and the small live side by side in mutual tolerance
and respect.
London is more than 20 centuries old. Its
buildings express all the different areas of its
history, for London manages in a unique way to
reflect its past and at the same time to fulfil the
functions of a modern city.
The City, the oldest part of London, is the
commercial and financial centre of the country.
Westminster is the political heart of London.
The West End is the richest and the most beautiful
126
part of London, the symbol of wealth and luxury,
where the most expensive hotels, restaurants, shops
and clubs are situated. The East End is the
industrial part. There are many factories,
workshops and shipyards there.
London offers the visitors a great variety of
places of interest. It’s a city of dream to everybody
interested in the English history and culture.
World famous places are the Houses of
Parliament, Westminster Abbey, St. Paul’s
Cathedral, Trafalgar Square, the Tower of London
and so on and so forth.
The Houses of Parliament, a symbol of London,
spread magnificently on the north bank of the
Thames. This structure is a remarkable example
of Gothic architecture. The Clock Tower called
«Big Ben», is known the world over. Its hour
bell is named after Sir Benjamin Hall, the first
Commissioner of Works. The Houses of Parliament,
called officially the Palace of Westminster, were
formally a palace for kings and queens. Until the
16th century it was used both as a royal residence
and as a parliament house. After the royal family
moved to Whitehall Palace, the Westminster
Palace was occupied by the Parliament and became
its permanent home.
Opposite the Houses of Parliament Westminster
Abbey is situated. It’s a national shrine where
the kings and queens are crowned and famous
people are buried. It was founded by Edward the
Confessor in 1050. The construction lasted 300
years. One of the greatest treasures of the Abbey
is the oaken Coronation Chair made in 1300. Neat
the West Door of the Abbey the Unknown Warrior
127
lies in a simple grave commemorating the men
who died in the First World War. The memorials
to G. G. Byron, R. Burris, W. Shakespeare,
W. M. Thackeray, W. Scott attract tourists to the
Poets’ Corner.
Londoners have a particular affection for
St. Paul’s Cathedral, the largest Protestant
Church in England. It is an architectural masterpiece
of the eminent architect Sir Christopher Wren.
It stands on the site of the former Saxon and
Norman churches destroyed in the Great Fire of
London in 1656.The building was completed in
1710. Wren is buried under the roof of his own
great work. «If you want to see his monument,
look around», is written on his tomb.
Trafalgar Square is a place of pilgrimage for
visitors. It’s the natural centre of London. It is
usually full of visitors feeding the pigeons and
looking at the statues and fountains. In the
middle of the square we can see Nelson’s Column
with the statue of Nelson at the top. This
monument was erected to commemorate Nelson’s
victory at the Battle of Trafalgar in 1805 where
he defeated the French and Spanish fleets. The
pedestal of the Column is decorated with bas-
reliefs representing Nelson’s most famous
victories. Here in Trafalgar Square the National
Gallery is situated. It contains an outstanding
collection of paintings from British, Italian,
Spanish, French, Dutch and other famous schools.
The Tower of London is also a real attraction
for tourists. It is one of the first and most
impressive castles built after the Norman invasion
of England in 1066. William the Conqueror built
128
it to protect the City of London. The Tower has
been used as a royal palace, an observatory, an
arsenal, a state prison where many famous people
have been executed. It is now a museum where
one can see the Crown Jewels, the finest precious
stones of the nation and a fine collection of armour,
exhibited in the Keep. The security of the Tower
is ensured by «Beefeaters» or the Yeoman
Warders who still wear their picturesque Tudor
uniform. A lot of ancient traditions and customs
are carefully kept in the Tower.
And it is true to the whole city. In every part
of London you can find a very genuine affection
for national traditions.
Vocabulary
affection n.
ancient a.
architecture n.
armour n.
astonishing a.
attract v.
bank n.
bas-relief n.
be conscious of
bury v.
capital n.
carefully adv.
castle n.
commemorate v.
complete v.
construction n.
contain u.
Crown Jewels
[a'fekjbn]
[ 'einfant ]
['a:kitaktfa]
['a:ma]
[a'traekt]
[ 'baesn, li:f]
[ konfas]
[ben]
[ 'keafbli]
[ka:sl]
[ko'memareit]
[kam'pli:t]
[kan'strAkfn]
fkan'tein]
['kraun'dsualz]
привязанность, любовь
древний, старинный
архитектура, зодчество
вооружение, доспехи
удивительный,
изумительный
привлекать, притягивать
берег
барельеф
сознавать
хоронить
столица
бережно, внимательно,
заботливо
замок
устраивать в память,
в честь; ознаменовывать
заканчивать
строительство
содержать в себе
драгоценности
королевской казны
5 Зак. 151
129
crown V.	[kraun]	короновать
defeat и»	[di'firt]	побеждать, разбивать
destroy v.	[dis'troi]	разрушать, уничтожать
dock n.		док, верфь
eminent a.	[ eminsnt]	выдающийся, знаменитый
enjoyable a.	[in'ctpiabl]	приятный
ensure v.	[in'Jus]	обеспечивать, гарантировать
erect v.	[1'rekt]	воздвигать, сооружать
execute v.	['eksikju:t]	казнить
exhibit v.	[ig'zibit]	выставлять, экспонировать(ся) на выставке
factory n.		фабрика, завод
feed (fed, fed) v.		кормить
fleet n.	[flit]	флот, эскадра
former a.		прежний, бывший
formerly adv.		прежде
fountain n.	[fauntin]	фонтан
genuine a.	['cfcenjuin]	подлинный, истинный
grave n.		могила
impressive a.		впечатляющий, выразительный
invasion n.	[in'vei3n]	вторжение, интервенция
last v.	[larst]	продолжаться
luxury n.	I'kkfon]	роскошь
magnificently adv.	[mseg'nifisntli]	великолепно, пышно
manage v.	['manicfe]	удаваться, справляться
masterpiece n.	[ 'ma:stapi:s]	шедевр
move v.	[mu:v]	переезжать
mutual a.	['mjutfual]	взаимный, обоюдный
oaken a.	['эикэп]	дубовый
offer v.		предлагать
outstanding a.		выдающийся
painting n.		картина
parliament n.	['paibmont]	парламент
particular a.	[po'tikjulo]	особенный, особый
pedestal n.	[ pedistl]	подножие, пьедестал
permanent a.	['p3:monont]	постоянный
picturesque a.	[.piktfo resk]	живописный, колоритный
pigeon n.	[pitfein]	голубь
pilgrimage n.	[pilgnnucfe]	паломничество
130
precious stone	[ 'preJas 'staun]	драгоценный камень
pi ison 71.	[prizn]	тюрьма
protect v.	[pra'tekt]	охранять, защищать
reflect v.	[n'flekt]	отражать
remarkable a.		замечательный
respect n.	[ns'pekt]	уважение
royal residence	[roiarrezidans]	королевская резиденция
rub shoulders with		зд. стоять плечом к плечу
scene 7i.	[si:n]	зрелище, пейзаж, вид
.seaport 7i.		морской порт
security 71.	[si kjuanti]	охрана, защита
shipyard n.	['Jipjaid]	верфь
shrine 7i.	[Train]	святыня, место поклонения
site 7i.		участок
		(для строительства)
spread (spread, spread) v.	[spred]	простираться,
		расстилаться
statue Ti.	['staetju:]	статуя
structure ti.		здание, сооружение
the Keep	[ki:p]	главная башня,
		сокровищница
tolerance n.	[ tolarans]	терпимость
tomb ti.	[tu:m]	могила, надгробный
		памятник
top 71.		вершина
treasure ti.	I'tresa]	сокровище
unique a.	[juz'niik]	уникальный, единственный
		в своём роде
unknown warrior	['An'naun'wDna]	неизвестный солдат
wealth ti.	[weie]	богатство
workshop ti.		мастерская, цех
I. Отметьте в тексте предложения, являющие-
ся эквивалентами русских.
1.	Лондон столица Объединённого Королев-
ства Великобритании и Северной Ирландии,
один из крупнейших морских портов и самый
притягательный город в мире.
2.	Лондон предлагает своим гостям огромное
разнообразие достопримечательностей; это
131
город мечты для каждого, кто интересуется
историей и культурой Англии.
3.	Здания Парламента — символ Лондона — ве-
личественно расположились на северном бе-
регу Темзы.
4.	Вестминстерское аббатство является нацио-
нальной святыней, где короновались короли
и королевы и похоронены знаменитые люди.
5.	Собор святого Павла стоит на месте, где нахо-
дились саксонская и нормандская церкви, раз-
рушенные во время Великого пожара в Лон-
доне в 1666 году.
6.	Посреди Трафальгарской площади мы видим ко-
лонну со статуей адмирала Нельсона на вершине.
7.	Охрана Тауэра осуществляется «бифитерами»
или иоменами (стражами Тауэра), которые
носят отличительную яркую форму тюдоров-
ских времён.
II. Заполните пропуски подходящими по смыс-
лу словами.
1.	In this historic city the modern.with the
old, the present is ever ... of the past, the great
and the small live side by side in ... tolerance
and ....
2.	Its buildings ... all the different areas of its
history, for London ... in a unique way to ... its
past and at the same time to ... the functions of
a modern city.
3.	This ... (the Houses of Parliament) is a ...
example of Gothic ....
4.	One of the greatest... of Westminster Abbey is
the ... Coronation Chair made in 1300.
5.	St. Paul’s Cathedral is an architectural ... of
the architect Sir Christopher Wren.
6.	Trafalgar Square is usually full of visitors ...
the pigeons and looking at the ... and ....
132
. 7. The Tower of London is now a museum where
one can see the........ the finest... stones of the
nation and a fine collection of ... exhibited in
the ....
III.	Закончите предложения, используя предла-
гаемые варианты.
1.	The City, the oldest part of London, is
a)	the political heart of London.
b)	the symbol of wealth and luxury.
c)	the commercial and financial centre of the
country.
2.	The Houses of Parliament, called officially the
Palace of Westminster, were formerly
a)	a royal prison.
b)	a palace for kings and queens.
c)	a national shrine where kings and queens
were crowned.
3.	Near the West Door of the Abbey the Unknown
Warrior lies in a simple grave
a)	commemorating the men who died in the
First World War.
b)	commemorating Nelson’s victory at the
Battle of Trafalgar in 1805.
c)	commemorating the men who died in
different wars.
4.	The pedestal of the Column is decorated with
bas-reliefs representing
a)	the history of London.
b)	Nelson’s most famous victories.
c)	Nelson’s life.
5.	The Tower of London is one of the first and
most impressive castles built
a)	after the Great Fire of London in 1666.
b)	by Edward the Confessor in 1050.
c)	after the Norman invasion of England in 1066.
133
IV.	Ответьте на вопросы.
1.	How old is London?
2.	What are the main parts of London?
3.	What does London offer the visitors?
4.	Where are the Houses of Parliament situated?
5.	Why is the Clock Tower called «Big Ben»?
6.	Is the Palace of Westminster a royal residence
or a parliament house?
7.	Where are the English kings and queens crowned?
8.	When was Westminster Abbey founded?
9.	Why is it considered to be a national shrine?
10.	Who was the architect of St. Paul’s Cathedral?
11.	Why did he build this church?
12.	Where is he buried?
13.	What is the natural centre of London?
14.	What is there in the middle of Trafalgar square?
15.	What does the National Gallery contain?
16.	Who built the Tower of London and why?
17.	The Tower has been used only as a royal palace,
hasn’t it?
18.	What is it now?
19.	Is there really a genuine affection for national
traditions in London?
V.	Прочтите текст, разделите его на смысло-
вые части, подберите название к каждой из
них.
VI.	Расположите пункты плана согласно логи-
ке повествования.
1.	The Tower of London.
2.	London is a unique city.
3.	Westminster Abbey.
4.	Trafalgar Square.
5.	The Houses of Parliament.
6.	St. Paul’s Cathedral.
134
•	 t '
VII. Используя факты из текста, расскажите о
The places of interest in London which you like
most of all.
Education in Great Britain
Education in Great Britain is provided by the
Local Education Authority (LEA) in each county.
Until recently, each LEA was free to decide how to
organize education in its own area. However, in
1988 the «National Curriculum» was introduced.
It means that there is greater government control
over what is taught in schools now.
Children under five don’t have to go to school,
but there is some free nursery-school education
before that age. The places are usually given to
families in special circumstances, for example
families with one parent only. That’s why in
many areas parents have formed play groups
where children under five years can go for a
morning or afternoon a couple of times a week.
At the age of five children go to primary schools,
first to infant schools for pupils aged from 5 to
7 and then to junior, schools for pupils from 8
to 11 years.
Some parents choose to pay for private education
though there are free state schools. Private schools
are called by different names compared to state
schools. The preparatory schools are for pupils
aged up to 13, and the public schools are for 13
to 18 year-olds. These schools are very expensive
and they are attended only by about 5 per cent
of the schoolchildren.
135
Free secondary education has been available
to all children in Britain since 1944. Children
must go to school until the age of 16, and pupils
may stay on for one or two years more if they
wish.
Over 80 per cent of schoolchildren go to
comprehensive schools at the age of 11. These
schools are not selective — you don’t have to pass
an exam to go there. But before 1965 all children
took an exam at the age of 11 called the «11+».
The top 20 per cent were chosen to go to the
academic grammar schools. Those who failed the
«11+» went to secondary modern schools. A lot
of people thought that this system of selection at
the age of 11 was unfair on many children. So
comprehensive schools were introduced to offer
education for pupils of all abilities. There are a
few LEAs who still keep the old system, but most
LEAs have now changed over completely to non-
selective education in comprehensive schools.
Comprehensive schools want to develop the
talents of each individual child. So they offer a
wide choice of subjects, from art and craft,
woodwork and domestic science to the sciences,
modern languages, computer studies, etc. All these
subjects are enjoyed by both girls and boys. All
pupils move to the next class automatically at the
end of the year.
At the age of 14 or 15 pupils begin to choose
their exam subjects. In 1988 a new public
examination — the General Certificate of Secondary
Education (GCSE) — was introduced for 16 year-
olds. This examination assesses pupils on the
work they do in the 4th and 5th year at secondary
136
school, For University entrance pupils have to
take «А» Level (Advanced Level) GCE exam.
Many people decide to leave school at the age
of 16 and go to a Further Education (FE) College
for practical vocational training, for example in
engineering, typing, cooking or hairdressing.
Vocabulary
ability п.	[a'biliti]	способность
assess v.	[a'ses]	оценивать
available а.	[a'veilabl]	доступный
circumstances п.	['s3:k9mstansiz]	обстоятельства
comprehensive school	[kDmpn'hensiv]	общеобразовательная школа
county n.	[ 'kaunti]	графство
couple n.	[клр1]	пара
curriculum n.	[ks'nkjulsm]	учебный план
develop v.	[di'velap]	развивать
entrance n. free education Local Education Authority	['entrans]	поступление бесплатное образование местные органы управления образованием
nursery school pass an exam practical vocational training	['n3:sn' sku:l]	детский сад, ясли сдать экзамен профессиональное обучение
selective a. take an exam	[si'lektiv]	отборочный сдавать экзамен
1. Отметьте в тексте предложения^ являющие-
ся эквивалентами русских.
1.	Образование в Великобритании обеспечивает-
ся местными органами управления образова-
нием в каждом графстве.
2.	Некоторые родители предпочитают платить
за частное образование, хотя существует бес-
платное государственное образование.
137
3.	Общеобразовательные школы были созданы,
чтобы дать образование учащимся с разными
способностями.
4.	В возрасте 14—15 лет учащиеся начинают вы-
бирать экзаменационные предметы.
5.	Многие решают уйти из школы в 16 лет и по-
лучить профессиональное образование: обслу-
живание техники, машинопись, поварское или
парикмахерское дело.
II. Заполните пропуски подходящими по смыс-
лу словами.
1.	Children under ... years do not have to go to
school, but there is some free....education
before that age.
2	are not selective — you don’t have to ... ah
exam to go there.
3.	In 1988 a new public examination — the...
.....was introduced.
4.	This examination ... pupils on the work they do
in the ... and ... year at secondary school.
III.	Закончите предложения, используя предло-
женные варианты.
1.	Private schools are attended by about
a)	5 per cent of the pupils.
b)	80 per cent of the school population.
c)	10 per cent of pupils.
2.	In 1944
a)	the «National Curriculum» was introduced.
b)	free secondary education for all children in
Britain was introduced.
c)	a programme of «Records of Achievement»
was introduced.
3.	For University entrance it is necessary to
a) pass an «О» Level exam.
138
b)	take а «С» Level exam.
c)	pass an «А» Level exam.
4.	Many people decide to leave school at the age of 16 to
a) go to the University.
b)	start their work.
c)	go to a Further Education College.
IV.	Ответьте на вопросы.
1.	Who provides education in Great Britain?
2.	Do children have to go to school until they are
five?
3.	When does primary education begin?
4.	What kinds of schools are there in Britain?
5.	Since what time has free secondary education
been available to all children ?
6.	Till what age must children go to school?
7.	Are comprehensive schools selective?
8.	What kinds of schools existed before 1965?
9.	Was the system of «11+» examination fair?
10.	What are the advantages of comprehensive
schools?
11.	What subjects do comprehensive schools offer?
15.	How do pupils move to the next class?
16.	When was the «National Curriculum» introduced?
17,	What is its aim?
18.	Who can enter the University?
19.	What does practical vocational training mean?
V.	Прочитайте текст ещё раз и разделите его
на смысловые части. Подберите название к
каждой из них.
VI.	Расставьте пункты плана согласно логике
повествования.
1.	Exams.
2.	Secondary education and comprehensive schools.
139
3.	Primary education.
4.	Nursery education.
5.	School leaving.
VII. Расскажите о
1.	Nursery and primary education in Great Britain.
2.	Secondary education and the role of comprehensive
schools.
The Geography of the USA
The USA is the 4th largest country in the world
(after Russia, Canada and China). It is situated
in central North America and stretches from the
Pacific to the Atlantic Ocean. It borders on Canada
in the north and Mexico in the south and has a
sea-border with Russia. It also includes Alaska
and Hawaii. The total area of the country is 9,4
million square kilometres. The enormous size of
the country influences the diversity of landscape,
climate and even people.
The USA is a federal republic, a union of 50
states. The capital of the country Washington is
situated in a special federal area called the District
of Columbia.
The population of the country is about 260
million people. They are the people of all races and
nationalities, either descendants of immigrants
or immigrants who have come to America from
all the countries of the world in search of
independence and self-realization. It’s impossible
to generalize about the weather, the landscape and
the way of living because the nation occupies
nearly half of a continent, which is divided into
140
141
4 time zones and has almost every type of climate.
If you look at the map of the USA you’ll see
snow-topped mountains and flat prairies, fertile
valleys and deserts, the areas of tropical heat and
arctic cold.
One of the most important geographical
boundaries in the USA is the bO-centimetre
rainfall line, which runs from north to south
almost through the middle of the country. East
of the line farming, is relatively easy and the
population is large. There are man-made irrigation
systems, dry farming, grazing and fewer people
west of the line.
The West is a mountainous area of the Rocky
Mountains, the Cordillera and the Sierra Nevada.
The highest peak is Mount McKinley in Alaska
(6,000 metres). As compared with the Appalachians
in the east, the Rocky Mountains are sharp and
rugged, over 4,000 metres high, rich in gold, copper,
lead, silver and other minerals.
The USA has many thousands of streams. Some
of them are mighty rivers, which flow lazily across
the valleys. Others rush swiftly down deep
canyons and steep gorges. The longest are the
Mississippi (6,400 kilometres), «the farther of
waters», the Missouri (1,600 kilometres) «too thin
to plough and too thick to drink», the Colorado
wild, restless and angry, the Columbia full of quiet
dignity and the Rio Grand (3,200 kilometres), a
national boundary between the USA and Mexico.
The Colorado forms the Grand Canyon, which strikes
one’s imagination as a fabulous phenomenon of
nature. Its perpendicular walls go up to 1,500
metres above the river level. The USA has thousands
142
of lakes of all kinds and sizes. The Great Lakes
make up the largest group; they are the greatest
collection of fresh water lakes in the world with
the total area equal to that of Great Britain,.
Here the famous Niagara Falls precipitate from
the height of 50 metres. Among salty lakes the
Great Salt Lake in Utah and the Salton Sea in
California are the most famous. They are rich in
salt (6,000 million tons).
The climate of the country varies greatly from
arctic in Alaska, through continental in the central
part to subtropical in the south. The climate along
the Pacific coast is warmer than that of the
Atlantic coast. The temperature changes little
between winter and summer there. In the eastern
part the difference between summer and winter
is distinct, but not so extreme as in the north
central part where the difference between winter
and summer is 36 degrees C and even more.
Among the largest cities of the USA are New
York, Los Angeles, Chicago, Philadelphia, Detroit,
San Francisco and others. But a great proportion
of the country consists of open land marked with
farm-houses and small towns.
The USA is one of the greatest industrial and
leading agricultural nations in the world. With
only about 5% of the world’s population and about
6% of its land area, the USA produces around
25% of the world’s industrial products, agricultural
goods and services. It’s the world’s leader in
biochemical and genetic engineering, aerospace
research and development, communications,
computer and information services and similar
high-technology fields. One of the reasons is
143
America’s vitality, its spirit of enterprise and
initiative as well as its size and natural resources.
Vocabulary
boundary n.
dopper n.
descendant n.
desert n.
dignity n.
distinct a.
diversity n,
enormous a.
enterprise n.
extrerpea.
fabulous a,
fertile a.
generalize v.
gorge n.
grazing n.
independence n.
irrigation n.
lead n.
mighty a.
phenomenon n.
plough v.
precipitate v.
relatively adv.
restless a.
rugged a.
rush v.
self-realization n.
steep a.
stretch v.
strike v.
swiftly adv.
valley n.
vitality n.
['baundan]	граница
['кора]	медь
[di'sendant]	потомок
[ 'dezat]	пустыня
[digniti]	благородство, достоинство
[dis'tipkt]	отличающийся,
	ярко выраженный
[dai V3:siti]	разнообразие
[i'na:mas]	огромный, громадный
[ 'entapraiz]	предприимчивость
[iks'trrm]	крайний
[ 'faebjulas]	сказочный, невероятный
[f3:tail]	плодородный
['djenarelaiz]	обобщать
[go:<t51	ущелье
['greizir)]	выпас (животных)
[indi'pendans]	независимость
[.in'geijh]	орошение, ирригация
[ltd]	свинец
[ 'maiti]	могучий
[fi'numinan]	явление, феномен
[plau]	пахать
[pri'sipiteit]	низвергать(ся)
[ relativli]	относительно
	беспокойный, неугомонный
[rAgid]	неровный, изрезанный
	стремительно двигаться
['selfnalai'zeijh]	самореализация
	крутой
[stretf]	простираться, протянуться
	поражать, удивлять
	быстро, скоро
[ vseh]	долина
[vai'tsehti]	жизнеспособность,
жизненность
144
I. Отметьте в тексте предложения, являющие-
ся эквивалентами русских.
1.	Огромные размеры страны влияют на разно-
образие ландшафта, климат и население.
2.	Это люди всех рас и национальностей, как по-
томки иммигрантов, так и иммигранты, при-
ехавшие в Америку со всех стран мира в по-
исках независимости и самореализации.
3.	Одной из наиболее важных географических
границ в США является линия «50 см осад-
ков», которая тянется с севера на юг и делит
страну на две равные части.
4.	Некоторые из них величавые реки, которые
лениво текут по долинам, другие стремитель-
но бегут по глубоким каньонам и крутым
отрогам.
5.	Великие озёра являются самой большой груп-
пой озёр: в них находятся величайшие запа-
сы пресной воды в мире. Их общая площадь
равна площади Великобритании.
6.	Но большую часть страны занимают откры-
тые пространства с разбросанными то там, то
здесь фермерскими домиками и небольшими
городками.
7.	Одна из причин американской жизнеспособ-
ности — это дух предпринимательства и ини-
циативы, а также размеры страны и её при-
родные ресурсы.
II. Вставьте пропущенные слова.
1.	The USA is situated in ... North America and ...
from the Pacific to the Atlantic Ocean.
2.	It is impossible to ... about the weather, the
landscape and the way of living because ...
occupies nearly half of a continent, which is ... into
four time zones and has almost every type of ... .
145
3.	West of the line there are man-made ... systems,
dry-farming, ... and fewer people.
4.	As compared with the Appalachians in the east,
the Rockies are ... and ..., over 4,000 metres
high, rich in ..., ..., ..., ... and other minerals.
5.	The Colorado forms the..... which strikes one’s
imagination as a fabulous ... of nature.
6.	Here the famous Niagara Falls ... from the height
of 50 metres.
7.	The climate of the country varies greatly from
... in Alaska, through ... in the central part to ...
in the south.
8.	The USA is one of the greatest... and the leading
... nations in the world.
III.	Закончите предложения, используя предло-
женные варианты.
1.	The USA borders on Canada in the north and
Mexico in the south and has a sea-border with
a) Great Britain.
b)	Russia.
c)	Japan.
2.	The capital of the country Washington is
situated
a)	in a special federal area called the District
of Columbia.
b)	in the state of Washington.
c)	in the centre of the country.
3.	East of the 50-centimetre rainfall line
a)	fewer people live.
b)	the population is large.
c)	there are thousands of streams.
4.	The climate along the Pacific coast
a)	is very cold.
b)	is warmer than that of the Atlantic coast,
c) varies greatly from that of California.
146
5.	Among the largest cities of the USA are
a)	New York, Los Angeles and Washington.
b)	Seattle, Miami and Santa Barbara.
c)	Atlanta and Colorado Springs.
IV.	Ответьте на вопросы.
1.	What is the territory of the USA?
2.	How many states are there in the USA?
3.	What can you see if you look at the map of the
USA?
4.	What is the West like?
5.	What are the longest rivers?
6.	There are no lakes in the USA, are there?
7.	Where is the difference between summer and
winter temperatures the most distinct?
8.	In what fields of economy is the USA the world’s
leader?
V.	Разделите текст на смысловые части и назо-
вите их. Расположите данные пункты плана
согласно логике повествования.
The geographical position of the USA.
The capital and states.
The population.
The most important geographical boundary.
The mountains, rivers and lakes.
The climate.
The largest cities and the economical development.
VI.	Используйте факты из текста и расскажите
1.	about one of the most important geographical
boundaries in the USA.
2.	about the rivers and lakes in the USA.
3.	about the climate of the country.
4.	about the economical development of the USA.
147
Washington, DC
Washington, DC is the capital of the USA. It is
situated on the Potomac River. In 1791 George
Washington, the first American president, chose
the place for a capital city. He thought it was a
good place because the Potomac River was "deep
enough for ships to come to the city.
Washington is not a typical American city. It has
no skyscrapers and nobody will build a house higher
than the Capitol. It is a nice thing not to have stone
jungles in the city. There are a lot of large public
gardens, parks where you can. sit in the sun, and wide
streets like Pennsylvania Avenue, which runs to the
foot of Capitol Hill. Every four years it plays the
role of a ceremonial way for a president, connecting
the White House and the Capitol.
Like any other capital, Washington, DC meets
millions of tourists from different countries and
all parts of the USA. They come to see the Lincoln
Memorial and the Washington Monument, the
White House and the Capitol, the Library of
Congress and Jefferson Memorial, Kennedy
Center, art treasures and monuments to those
who struggled in the past to make an English
colony a free country. Washington, DC is not
only the city where the President lives and works.
It’s the city where you think about the glorious
history of the USA.
Vocabulary
a ceremonial way	[.sen'msumal]
DC — District of Columbia
skyscraper n.	[ 'skai, skreipa]
церемониальный путь
федеральный округ Колумбия
небоскрёб
148
Che Capitol	[ 'kaepitl]	Капитолий — здание
конгресса США
treasure п.	[Чгезэ]	сокровище
I.	Отметьте в тексте предложения, являющие-
ся эквивалентами русских.
1.	В1791 году Джордж Вашингтон, первый амери-
канский президент, выбрал место для столицы.
2.	В Вашингтоне нет небоскрёбов, и никто ни-
когда не построит здание выше Капитолия.
3.	Как й любая другая столица, Вашингтон при-
нимает миллионы туристов из разных стран
и частей США.
4.	Это город, где вы думаете о славной истории
Америки.
II. Заполните пропуски подходящими по смыс-
лу словами.
1.	Washington is not а ... American city.
2.	It is a nice ... not to have stone ... .in the city.
3.	Every four years Pennsylvania Avenue plays the
role of a.....for a president,... the White House
and the Capitol.
4.	Washington,......is not only the city where the
... lives and works.
III.	Закончите предложения, используя предло-
женные варианты.
1.	Не thought it was a good place because
a)	it was very beautiful.
b)	it was on the hill.
c)	the Potomac River was deep enough for
ships to come to the city.
2.	There are wide streets like Pennsylvania Avenue,
which
a)	plays the role of a ceremonial way for a
president.
149
b)	runs to the foot of the Capitol.
c)	is the widest street in the country.
3.	Like any other capital, Washington, DC
a)	is the biggest city in the USA.
b)	is an economical centre of the country.
c)	meets millions of tourists from different
countries.	*
4.	You can see monuments to those who
a)	struggled in the past to make an English
colony a free country.
b)	founded the city.
c)	struggled in the World wars.
IV.	Ответьте на вопросы.
1.	What is the capital of the USA?
2.	Who found the place for the city?
3.	Is it a typical American city?
4.	What is the peculiarity of the capital?
5.	Is it a beautiful city?
6.	What role does Pennsylvania Avenue play every
four years?
7.	What things attract tpurist to Washington, DC?
8.	What do people think about when they come to
Washington?
V.	Прочитайте текст ещё раз, разделите его на
смысловые части и подберите название к
каждой из них.
VI.	Расположите пункты плана согласно логи-
ке повествования.
1.	The places of interest in Washington.
2.	What the capital of the USA looks like.
3.	The place where Washington is situated.
VII. Используя факты из текста, расскажите о
The capital of the USA.
150
The History of the USA
The history of the USA began a little more than
500 years ago. It’s rich in great events, interesting
stories and legends, adventures and mysteries, what
not. So we can talk and even sometimes argue
days and nights. That’s why I’d rather tell you
about the foundation of the USA.
500 years ago North America was a vast
wilderness inhabited by Indians who 20,000 years
earlier came from Asia across the Bering Strait.
Icelandic Viking Leif Ericson sailed to America
in 1000 but only in 1492 Christopher Columbus
discovered America to the whole world. For the
next 100 years English, Spanish, Portuguese, Dutch
and French explorers sailed there for gold and
riches, for honour and glory. But they didn’t stay.
Those who did settle the New World arrived later
in search of economic opportunity and religious
and political freedom. The first English colony
Jamestown appeared in 1607 in Virginia. America
promised, as the poet Robert Frost said, «a fresh
start for the human race». And it started in 1620
when the Mayflower brought the Pilgrim Fathers.
In the Mayflower Compact they agreed to form «a
civil body politic for better ordering and
preservation, to enact, constitute and-frame such
just and equal laws». By 1733 European settlers
occupied 13 colonies along the Atlantic coast.
Later the British started demanding new taxes
on sugar, coffee, textiles and other imported goods.
And after the «Boston Tea Party» the War of
Independence began. It lasted from 1775 till 1783.
In 1776 on the 4th of July the Declaration of
151
Independence was adopted which proclaimed «Life,
Liberty and the pursuit of Happiness as the human
natural rights». In 1783 the Treaty of Paris
recognized the independence of the USA and
granted the new state all the territory north of
Florida,south of Canada and east of the Mississi ppi
River. The colonies were now free but they had
not yet a united nation.
In 1787 55 of the most highly regarded
American leaders (George Washington, Benjamin
Franklin, James Madison among them) opened a
Constitutional Convention in Philadelphia,
Pennsylvania, the meeting which lasted 4 long
months and resulted in the Constitution of the
USA. It established not only a league of independent
states but also a strong central government for
the whole nation. The Constitution established
separate executive, legislative and judicial branches
of government and required «abalance of power».
The Constitution was accepted in 1788 but in 1791
10 amendments — the Bill of Rights — were added
to guarantee the liberties of the people: freedom
of religion, a free press, free speech, protection
against illegal search, the right to fair trial and
protection against cruel and unusual punishments.
The framers of the Constitution created an
enduring but by no means unchanging document.
Today, 200 years after it was written, the
Constitution remains vital, alive and at the centre
of American political ideals and practices. Then
followed other important events such as the Civil
War (1861—1865) for abolition of slavery, the
exploration of the West, creation of the developed
industry and agriculture, outstanding inventions,
152
the Depression, World War l and World War II,
the Cold war, the struggle for human rights,
aerospace research and man’s first walk on the
Moon (1969), the war in Vietnam (1975), struggle
for disarmament and so on and so forth. And
each period in the history of the USA is interesting
and important, and shows the hardships and
victories of the American people on the way for
the American Dream: independent, democratic,
powerful state with the developed economy and
equal rights for everybody.
Vocabulary
abolition n.
aerospace research
amendment n.
compact n.
disarmament n.
enact v.
enduring a.
executive a.
fair trial
foundation n.
frame, u.
Icelandic Viking
judicial a.
league n.
legislative a.
Pilgrim Fathers
regard v., regarded
require v.
the Bering Strait
[.aba'lijn]	отмена
['eorouspeis n's3:tf]	аэрокосмические исследования
[a'mendmant]	поправка
[ 'kump&kt]	договор
[dis'crmamant]	разоружение
[fnsekt]	ввести в действие (закон)
[m'djuzriij]	бессмертный
[ig'zekjutiv]	исполнительный
['feo'traiol]	справедливое судебное разбирательство
[faun 'deijh]	основание, образование
[freim]	создавать, вырабатывать, составлять
[ais'lsendik vaikuj]	исландский викинг
[djufdifal]	судебный
[li:g]	союз, лига
[ 'ledsisleitiv]	законодательный
[ pilgrim]	английские колонисты, поселившиеся в Америке в 1620 году (отцы пилигримы)
[n'ga:d]	уважать, уважаемый
[n'kwaio]	требовать
['benrfstreit]	Берингов пролив
153
the pursuit of happiness [pa'sju:t]	поиски счастья
vast wilderness	['va:st wildams] обширные дикие
пространства
I. Отметьте в тексте предложения, являющие-
ся эквивалентами русских.
1.	История США богата великими событиями,
интересными историями и легендами, при-
ключениями и тайнами — чего в ней только
нет — поэтому мы можем говорить и даже
спорить о ней дни и ночи напролёт.
2.	В течение следующих ста лет английские, ис-
панские, португальские, голландские и фран-
цузские путешественники плыли туда за зо-
лотом и богатством, за честью и славой.
3.	В договоре, составленном на корабле «Мэй-
флауэр», было решено создать гражданский
орган управления для обеспечения и поддер-
жания порядка, который бы вводил в действие
и вырабатывал справедливые законы, перед
которыми все равны.
4.	В 1783 году Парижским договором была при-
знана независимость США и за новым госу-
дарством закреплялись земли севернее Фло-
риды, южнее Канады к востоку от Миссисипи.
5.	Конституция устанавливала разделение ис-
полнительной, законодательной и судебной
ветвей власти и требовала «баланса власти».
6.	Каждый период в истории США интересен и
важен и демонстрирует трудности и победы
американцев на пути к американской мечте:
независимому, демократическому, сильному го-
сударству с развитой экономикой и равными
правами для всех.
II. Вставьте пропущенные слова.
1.	500 years ago North America was a .......
inhabited by Indians who 20,000 years earlier
came from Asia across the....
154
2.	Those who did settle the New World arrived later
in search of.......and religious and political....
3.	Later the British started ... new taxes on sugar,
coffee, textiles and other important goods.
4.	The Constitution of the USA established hot
only a ... of ... states but a strong ...... for the
whole nation.
5.	Today, 200 years after the Constitution was
written, it remains ..., ... and at the centre of
American political ... and ....
III.	Закончите предложения, используя предло-
женные варианты.
1.	Icelandic Viking Leif Ericson sailed to America
in 1000 but only in 1492 Christopher Columbus
a) discovered America to the whole world,
b) sailed there for gold and riches.
c) adopted the Declaration of Independence.
2.	The first English colony Jamestown appeared
a)	in 1492 in Florida.
b)	in 1607 in Virginia.
c)	in 1733 along the. Atlantic coast.
3.	After the «Boston Tea Party»
a) a Constitutional Convention was opened,
b) the war in Vietnam started.
c) the War of Independence began.
4.	In 1787 55 of the most highly regarded American
leaders opened a Constitutional Convention in
Philadelphia, Pennsylvania, the meeting which
lasted four long months and resulted in
a) abolition of slavery.
b)	the Constitution of the USA.
c)	the Bill of Rights.
5.	The framers of the Constitution created an enduring
a) document.
b)	state.
c)	government.
155
IV.	Ответьте на вопросы.
1.	When did the history of the USA begin?
2.	Who discovered America to the whole world?
3.	What did America promise to the first settlers?
4.	How many, colonies did the European settlers
found in 1733?
5.	When was the Declaration of Independence
adopted and what did it proclaim?
6.	When was the Bill of Rights added to the
Constitution and what did it guarantee?
V.	Разделите текст на смысловые части и назо-
вите их.
VI.	Расположите данные пункты плана соглас-
но логике повествования.
1.	A young country.
2.	The way for the American dream.
3.	The promise of « a fresh start for the human race ».
4.	The results of the War of Independence.
5.	The adoption of the Constitution of the USA.
VII. Используя факты из текста расскажите
1.	About the beginning of the history of the USA.
2.	The events after the «Boston Tea Party».
3:	The Constitution of the USA.
The US System of Education
American, education remains today what it was
in the earliest days of the Republic: the anvil
upon which the national culture is created and
adapted to changing needs. Its goal is universal
education from kindergarten to university.
All, regardless of race or class or economic
status, are entitled to a fair chance and to the
156
tools for developing their individual powers of
mind and spirit to the utmost.
Education in the United States comprises three
basic levels: elementary, secondary and higher
education. Parents may choose whether to send
their children to their local free public schools,
or to private schools which charge fees. The
organization and curricula of private schools and
colleges are similar to those of public schools
although the administration differs.
The vast majority of students at the primary
and secondary levels go to public schools. Most
of those who attend private schools attend church
sponsored parochial schools.
The school year is usually nine months long, from
early September to mid-June. The common pattern
of organization, referred to as the 6-3-3 plan, includes
elementary school in grades 1 through 6, junior
high school in grades 7 through 9 and senior high
school in grades 10 through 12. However, many
variations on the pattern exist in the USA.
The main purpose of elementary school is the
general intellectual and social development of
the child from 6 to 12 or 15 years of age.
In secondary schools most pupils follow a
course that includes English, science, social studies,
mathematics and physical education. Elective
subjects may be chosen in the fields of foreign
languages, fine arts and vocational training.
Pupils usually elect about half their work in
grades nine through twelve.
The vocational program may give training in
four fields: agricultural education, business
education, home economics and trade and industrial
157
education. This program prepares students either
for employment or further training.
Most young Americans graduate from school
with, a high school diploma upon satisfactory
completion of a specified number of courses.
Students are usually graded from A (excellent)
to F (failing) in each course they take on the
basis of performance in tests given at intervals
throughout the year.
Students receive «report cards» at least twice
a year which indicate the grades they have
received in each of the subjects. High schools
maintain a school «transcript» which summarizes
the courses taken and the grades obtained for
each student.
Usually, the pupil has one teacher for all major
subjects during his or her first six years of
schooling. For the last six grades, however, they
have a separate teacher for each discipline.
The US is committed to providing every
youngster with a good, solid education, regardless
of the economic background or even the inherent
ability of the youngster.
In May 1983 the National Commission on
Excellence in Education stirred considerable
concern when it reported that the US was «at
risk» from the «rising tide of mediocrity». It
judged that standards were too low, the school day
too short, teachers paid too little, and education
was too far down on the list of national priorities.
Among the Commission’s recommendations were
calls for higher standards, more time to be devoted
to basic academic subjects and attracting a higher
calibre of individual to the teaching profession.
158
Besides, it was necessary to strengthen the bonds
between federal, state and local authorities aimed
at raising student achievements at all levels.
The American people have accepted the view
that the quality of education is directly related
to the quality of life. It is part of the American
tradition to presume that they can improve.
Vocabulary
anvil n.
bond n.
calibre n.
commit v.
completion n.
comprise v.
concern n.
considerable a.
devote u.
elective subjects
employment n.
entitle v.
grade n.
graduate from v.
inherent a.
maintain v.
mediocrity n.
obtain v.
parochial school
pattern n.
presume v.
public school
refer v.
satisfactory a.
stir v.
the youngsters n.
tide n.
[ anvil]	наковальня связь
[ 'kaliba]	подготовка и личные качества
[ks'mit]	поручать, вверять
[kom'plijh]	окончание, завершение
[kom'praiz]	заключать в себе
[kan's3:n]	беспокойство
[kan'sidarabl]	значительный
[di'vaut]	уделять предметы по выбору
[im'ploimant]	работа
[in'taitl]	давать право класс; отметка, оценка
['gradjueit]	оканчивать учебное заведение
[in'hisrant]	врождённый
[mem Чет]	сохранять
[mi:di'Dkriti]	посредственность
[abtem]	получать
[pa'raukjal]	приходская школа, школа при церкви модель
[pn'zjuim]	признавать государственная средняя школа
[rift:]	относиться
[,saetis'fektan]	удовлетворительный
[St3l]	зд. вызывать
[jAJQStaZj	молодёжь, подростки
зд. волна
159
utmost
vocational training
[Atmaust]
зд. максимально
профессиональное
обучение
BE
form
high
mark
primary
programme
pupil
secondary
state
AE
grade
higher
grade
elementary
program
student
high
public
I.	Отметьте в тексте предложения, являющие-
ся эквивалентами русских.
1.	Всем, несмотря на расовую или классовую при-
надлежность, экономическое положение, дают-
ся одинаковые возможности и всё необходимое
для максимального развития своих индивиду-
альных умственных и духовных способностей.
2.	Общепринятая модель организации образования,
так называемый план 6-3-3, включает началь-
ную школу с 1 по 6 классы, среднюю школу с 7
по 9 классы и старшую школу с 10 по 12 классы.
3.	Учащиеся получают оценки от А (отлично) до
F (неудовлетворительно) за каждый курс по
результатам тестов за год.
4.	Американцы считают, что качество жизни за-
висит от качества образования.
II. Заполните пропуски подходящими по смыс-
лу словами.
1.	The goal of the American education is universal
education from... to ... .
2.	The organization and curricula of ... schools and
colleges are similar to those of ... schools although
the administration differ.
160
3.	... subjects may be chosen in the fields of ...
languages, ... arts and ... training.
4.	Most young Americans ... from school with a
high school... upon satisfactory ... of specified
number of courses.
5.	Students receive «....»	at least twice a year
which indicate the ... they have received in each
of the subjects.
6.	The US is committed to providing every ... with
good, solid education, ... of the economic
background or even the ... ability of the ... .
III.	Закончите предложения, используя предло-
женные варианты.
1.	Education in the USA comprises three basic
levels
a) primary, elementary and secondary education,
b) elementary, junior and senior education.
c) elementary, secondary and higher education.
2.	The majority of students at the primary and
secondary levels go to
a)	private parochial schools.
b)	public schools.
c)	senior high schools.
3.	The main purpose of elementary school is
a)	the general intellectual and social development
of the child.
b)	to prepare students for advanced or higher
education.
c)	to provide literacy and some general
education.
4.	The students graduate from secondary schools
at the age of
a)	12.
b)	15.
c)	18.
6 Зак. 151
161
IV.	Ответьте на вопросы.
1.	What is the goal of the American education?
2.	Does the quality of education depend on the
race or class or economic status?
3.	What basic levels does education comprise?
4.	What school may parents choose to send their
children to?
5.	How long does the school year last in the USA?
6.	What is the common pattern of education
organization in the USA?
7.	What is the main purpose of elementary school?
8.	What subjects do students follow in secondary
schools?
9.	What elective subjects can students choose?
10.	What training do vocational programs give?
11.	How are students usually graded?
12.	How many teachers do pupils have in elementary
and secondary schools?
13.	What did the National Commission on Excellence
in Education report in May 1983?
14.	What were its recommendations?
15.	What view have the American people accepted?
V.	Прочитайте текст ещё раз и разделите его
на смысловые части. Подберите название к
каждой из них.
VI.	Расположите пункты плана согласно логи-
ке повествования.
1.	The goal of the American education.
2.	The organization of education.
3.	Elementary school.
4.	Higher standards of education.
5.	High schooL
162
VII. Расскажите о
1.	Elementary school in the USA.
2.	Secondary school in the USA.
3.	The system of education in the USA.
The Russian Federation
The Russian Federation is the largest country
in the world. It occupies about one-seventh of the
earth’s surface. It covers the eastern part of Europe
and the northern part of Asia; Its total area is
about 17 million square kilometres. The country
is washed by 12 seas of 3 oceans: the Pacific, the
Arctic and the Atlantic. In the south Russia borders
on China, Mongolia, Korea, Kazakhstan, Georgia
and Azerbaijan. In the west it borders on Norway,
Finland, the Baltic States, Belarus and Ukraine. It
also has a sea-border with the USA.
There is hardly a country in the world where
such a variety of scenery and vegetation can be
found. There are steppes in the south, plains and
forests in the midland, tundra and taiga in the
north, highlands and deserts in the east.
There are two great plains in Russia: the Great
Russian Plain and the West Siberian Lowland.
There are several mountain chains on the territory
of the country: the Urals, the Caucasus, the Altai
and others. The largest mountain chain, the Urals,
separates Europe from Asia.
. There are over two million rivers in Russia.
Europe’s biggest river, the Volga, flows into the Caspian
Sea. The main Siberian rivers — the Ob, the Yenisei
and the Lena — flow from the south to the north. The
Amur in the Far East flows into the Pacific Ocean.
163
Russia is rich in beautiful lakes. The world’s
deepest lake (1,600 metres) is Lake Baikal. It is
much smaller than the Baltic Sea, but there is
much more water in it than in-the Baltic Sea. The
water in the lake is so clear that if you look
down you can see the stones on the bottom.
Russia has one-sixth of the world’s forests.
They are concentrated in the European north of
the country, in Siberia and in the Far East.
On the vast territory of the country there are.
various types of climate, from, arctic in the north,
to subtropical in the south. In the middle of the
country the climate is temperate and continental.
Russia is rich in oil, coal, iron ore, natural gas,
copper, nickel and other mineral resources.
Russia is a parliamentary republic. The Head
of State is the President. The legislative power is
exercised by the Duma.
The capital of Russia is Moscow. It is its largest
political, scientific, cultural and.industrial centre.
It is one of the oldest Russian cities.
Today there are a lot of opportunities for this
country to become one of the leading countries
in the world. It has great past and promising
future.
Vocabulary
bottom n.
China
coal n.
concentrate v.
['botom]
[ tjaina]
[kaul]
дно
Китай
copper п.
Georgia
highland n.
[ 'konssntreit]
[ 'knps]
['djoxfts]
уголь
сосредотачиваться
медь ‘
Грузия
нагорье, высокогорная
местность
164
Iron ore	[ 'aian o:]
legislative a. midland n.	[' ledsislahv]
mineral resources	[ri'sozsiz]
Norway	[ 'nazwei]
occupy V.	[ 'nkjupai]
oil n.	[oil]
promising a. steppe n.	[step]
temperate a.	['tempant]
the Baltic States	['bozltik'steits]
the Caucasus	[ 'kazkasas]
the Great Russian Plain
the Urals
the West Siberian
Lowland
vegetation n.
[ juaralz]
[saiTuanan]
[.vecfei'teifn]
железная руда
законодательный
средняя полоса
полезные ископаемые
Норвегия
занимать
нефть
многообещающий
степь
умеренный
Прибалтийские страны
Кавказ
Восточно-европейская
(Русская) равнина
Урал
Западно-Сибирская
низменность
растительность
I. Отметьте в тексте предложения, являющие-
ся эквивалентами русских.
1.	Она занимает около1 /7 всей земной поверхно-
сти.
2.	Едва ли найдётся ещё одна страна в мире с
таким разнообразием ландшафта и раститель-
ности.
3.	Обширная территория страны охватывает раз-
личные климатические зоны от арктической
на севере до субтропической на юге.
4.	Законодательная власть осуществляется Ду-
мой.
5.	Сегодня у страны много возможностей стать
одной из ведущих стран в мире.
II. Заполните пропуски подходящими по смыс-
лу словами.
1.	Russia covers the ... part of Europe and the ...
part of Asia.
165
2.	There are ... in the south,... and ... in the midland,
... and ... in the north, ... and ... in the east.
3.	The largest..... the Urals, ... Europe from Asia.
4.	In the ... of the country the climate is ... and ... .
5.	Russia has great... and ... future.
HL Закончите предложения, используя предло-
женные варианты.
1.	The country is washed by 12 seas of 3 oceans:
a) the Atlantic, the Indian and the Arctic,
b) the Pacific, the Arctic and the Indian.
c) the Pacific, the Arctic and the Atlantic.
2.	The main Siberian rivers — the Ob, the Yenisei
and the Lena — flow
a)	into the Pacific Ocean.
b)	from the south to the north.
c)	from the north to the south.
3.	Forests are concentrated in
a)	the European north of the country, in Siberia
and in the Far East.
b)	the Great Russian Plain.
c)	the European south of the country, in Siberia
and the Far East.
4.	The Head of State is
a)	the Prime-Minister.
b)	the President.
c)	the Chairman of the Duma.
5.	The capital of Russia is
a)	Novgorod.
b)	St. Petersburg.
c)	Moscow.
IV.	Ответьте на вопросы.
1.	Where is the Russian Federation situated?
2.	What is the total area of the country?
3.	What countries does Russia border on?
166
4.	What mountain chain separates Europe from
Asia?
5.	How many rivers are there in Russia?
6.	Which is the longest river in Europe?
7.	What do you know about the Baikal?
8.	What mineral resources is the Russian Federation
rich in?
9.	What is the climate like in Russia?
10.	What great Russians do you know?
V.	Прочитайте текст ещё раз и разделите его
на смысловые части. Подберите название к
каждой из них.
VI.	Расположите пункты плана согласно логи-
ке повествования.
1.	Types of climate.
2.	The geographical position and borders.
3.	The rivers and lakes.
4.	The scenery.
5.	The political system.
6.	The mineral resources.
VII. Расскажите о
1. The geographical position of the Russian
Federation.
2. Its political system.
Moscow
Moscow is the capital of Russia, its political,
economic, commercial and cultural centre. It was
founded 8 centuries ago by Prince Yuri Dolgoruky.
Historians have accepted the year of 1147 as the
start of Moscow’s history. Gradually the city
167
became more and more powerful. In the 13th
century Moscow was the centre of the struggle of
Russian lands for the liberation from the Tartar
yoke. In the 16th century under Ivan the Terrible
Moscow became the capital of the new united
state. Though Peter the Great moved the capital
to St. Petersburg in 1712, Moscow remained
the heart of Russia. That is why it became the
main target of Napoleon’s attack. Three-quarters
of the city were destroyed by the fire during
Napoleon’s occupation, but by the mid-19th
century Moscow had been completely restored.
After the October revolution Moscow became
the capital again.
Now Moscow is one of the largest cities in
Europe. Its total area is about nine hundred square
kilometres. The population of the city is over 8
million.
Moscow is one of the most beautiful’cities in
the world. The heart of Moscow is Red Square. It
has more historical associations than any other
place in Moscow. The Kremlin and St. Basil’s
Cathedral are masterpieces of ancient Russian
architecture. The main Kremlin tower, the
Spasskaya Tower, has become the symbol of the
country. On the territory of the Kremlin you can
see old cathedrals, the Bell Tower of Ivan the Great,
the Palace of Congresses, the Tzar-Cannon and the
Tzar-Bell, the biggest cannon and the bell in the
world. St. Basil’s Cathedral was built in the mid-
16th century in memory of the victory over Kazan. >
There is a legend that Ivan the Terrible blinded
the architects Banna and Postnik, because he didn’t *
want them to create another masterpiece.
168
There are a lot of beautiful palaces, old mansions,
cathedrals, churches^ and monuments in Moscow.
Now Moscow is being reconstructed and we all
hope that in a few years the city will become even
more beautiful.
There are more than 80 museums in Moscow. The
largest museums are the Pushkin Museum if Fine
Arts and the State Tretyakov Gallery. Other unique
museums include the All-Russia Museum of Folk
Arts, the Andrei Rublev Museum of Early Russian
Art, Alexei Bakhrushin Theatre Museum, Mikhail
Glinka Museum of Musical Culture and many others.
Moscow is famous for its theatres. The best-
known of them is the Bolshoi Opera House. Drama
theatres and studios are also very popular.
Moscow is a city of students. There are over 80
higher educational institutions in it, including
several universities.
Moscow is the seat of the Russian Parliament
(the Duma) and the centre of political life of the
country.
Vocabulary
ancient a.
blind v.
destroy v.
legend n.
mansion n.
masterpiece n.
reconstruct u.
restore u.
studio n.
target n.
tartar yoke
unique a.
['einfant]
[blaind]
[dis'troi]
['ledjand]
[maenjh]
['majstapiis]
['rirkon'stFAkt]
[ns'to:]
[ stju:diau]
[ta:git]
['ta:to jouk]
[ju:'ni:k],
древний
ослепить
разрушать
легенда
особняк
шедевр
перестраивать,
восстанавливать
восстанавливать
студия
мишень, цель, объект
татарское иго
уникальный
169
I. Отметьте в тексте предложения, являющие-
ся эквивалентами русских.
1.	Историки приняли 1147 год как год начала
истории Москвы.
2.	С Красной площадью связано больше ассоци-
аций, чем с любым другим местом в Москве.
3.	Существует легенда, что Иван Грозный осле-
пил архитекторов Браму и Постника, так как
не хотел, чтобы они создали ещё один ше-
девр.
4.	Сейчас Москва реконструируется, и мы все на-
деемся, что через несколько лет она станет
ещё краше.
5.	Москва — это центр политической жизни
страны, место, где находится русский парла-
мент (Дума).
II. Заполните пропуски подходящими по смыс-
лу словами.
1.	In the 13th century Moscow was the centre of
the ... of the Russian lands for the liberation
from the.......
2.	The Kremlin and St. Basil’s Cathedral are ... of
ancient Russian ... .
3.	There are a lot of beautiful..., old ..., cathedrals,
... and monuments in Moscow.
4.	There are over 80 higher .... in	Moscow,
including several ... .
III.	Закончите предложения, используя предло-
женные варианты.
1.	Moscow was founded 8 centuries ago by
a)	Ivan the Terrible.
b)	Peter the Great.
c)	Prince Yuri Dolgoruky.
170
2.	Now Moscow in one of
a)	the largest cities in Europe.
b)	the largest cities in Asia.
c)	the youngest cities in Europe.
3.	The main Kremlin tower, the Spasskaya Tower,
a) is the tallest tower in the world.
b)	has become the symbol of the country.
c)	was destroyed during Napoleon’s occupation.
4.	St. Basil’s Cathedral was built in the mid-16th
century in memory
a)	of the people killed during the Great Patriotic
war.
b)	of the victory over Napoleon.
c)	of the victory over Kazan.
5.	The best-known of the Moscow theatres is
a)	the Central Puppet Theatre.
b)	the Bolshoi Opera House.
c)	Sovremennik.
IV.	Ответьте на вопросы.
1.	When was Moscow founded?
2.	When did Moscow become the capital?
3.	In 1712 the capital was moved to St. Petersburg,
wasn’t it? When did Moscow become the capital
again?
4.	What is the total area of modern Moscow?
5.	What’s the population of Moscow?
6.	What places of interest in the centre of Moscow
do you know?
7.	What do you know about St. Basil’s Cathedral?
8.	What is there on the territory of the Kremlin?
9.	What are the most famous Moscow museums?
10.	What theatres in Moscow do you know?
11.	Have you been to Moscow?
12.	What is your favourite place in Moscow?
171
V.	Прочитайте текст ещё раз и разделите его
на смысловые части. Подберите название к
каждой из них.
VI.	Расположите пункты плана согласно логи-
ке повествования.
1.	Red Square.
2.	Museums and theatres.
3.	Historical background.
4.	Modern city.
УП. Расскажите о
1. The history of Moscow.
2. The places of interest in Moscow.
Belarus
Belarus is my homeland. It is the place where I
was born. Officially it is called the Republic of
Belarus, a sovereign independent state with its
own government, constitution, state emblem, flag
and anthem. Belarus is a member-state of the
CIS (Commonwealth of Independent States) and
one of the UN (United Nations) founder-members.
Belarus is situated nearly in the centre of Europe
in the extreme western part of the East-European
Plain within the basins of the Dnieper, the Western
Dvina and the Upper Neman. It borders on Poland
in the west, the Baltic States — Lithuania and
Latvia — in the north-west, on Russia in the north
and east, on the Ukraine in the south.
Belarus stretches for 560 kilometres from south
to north and for 650 kilometres from east to
west. It occupies the territory of 207.6 thousand
172
square kilometres. It is much larger than such
countries as Austria, Belgium, Bulgaria, Greece,
Hungary, Portugal, Czechia and Slovakia. Its
present-day population is about 10.3 mln people:
78% of Belarusians, 12% of Russians, 4% of Poles
and 2% of Ukrainians. 68% of the population
live in towns and cities. The largest of which are
Minsk, Gomel, Vitebsk, Mogilev, Grodno and Brest.
Belarus is situated on a rolling plain rising
to hills, the highest of which is Mt.Dzerzhinskaya
reaching 350 metres above sea level.
There are more than 3,000 rivers in Belarus.
Seven of them are more than 500 kilometres long
each. They are the Dnieper, Neman, Western Dvina,
Prypiat, Berezina, Sozh arid Vilia.
Belarus is a lake-country. There are about
10,800 lakes here. The lakes are particularly
numerous in the north. The largest is Lake
Naroch — 80 square kilometres. The lakes are
noted for their great depth, transparent water
and beautiful scenery.
A third of Belarus is under forest. The largest
forests are called pushchas. The Byelovezhskaya
Pushcha is famous for its aurochs (European bisons).
Fauna is rich and diverse there: one can see elks and
deer, wild boars and wolves, bears and foxes, beavers
and lynxes, not mentioning myriads of birds.
Forests, pinewoods, mighty oak groves, birch
groves and all sorts of other mixed forest formations
are the charm, wealth and pride of our homeland.
Belarus is situated in the Temperate Zone of
200—500 kilometres away from the Baltic Sea.
The climate of Belarus varies from maritime to
continental due to a strong influence of the
173
maritime air of the Atlantic. This results in
temperate and mild climate.
The territory of Belarus is divided into 6 regions:
Brest, Vitebsk, Gomel, Grodno, Minsk, and Mogilev.
The capital of Belarus is Minsk with a population
of over 1.5 mln people.
By the way, Belarus is the country with uhique
history and rich cultural heritage. It is an
interesting region from the tourist point of view.
Vocabulary
anthem n.
aurochs n.
be noted for v.
beaver n.
CIS
deer n.
depth n.
diverse a.
elk n,
extreme a.
founder-member n.
grove n.
heritage n.
Homeland n.
independent a.
lynx n.
maritime a.
mighty a.
myriad n.
numerous a.
officially adv.
particularly adv.
plain n.
rolling a.
scenery n.
['зепОэт]	гимн
[ 'o:mks]	зубр примечательный (чем-то)
[ 'birvo]	бобр СНГ (Содружество Независимых Государств)
[dia]	олень, (олени)
[dep0]	глубина
[dai'v3:s]	разнообразный, разный лось
[iks'triim]	самый государство основатель
[grow]	роща
[ 'hentids]	наследство, наследие
	отечество, родина независимый, , самостоятельный
[lirjks]	рысь
('maentaim]	морской, приморский
[ 'maiti]	могущественный, мощный
[ 'minadj	мириады, несметное число
[ 'njumoras]	многочисленный официально
[pa'tikjulali]	особенно, в особенности
[plein]	равнина
	холмистый
[ simon]	пейзаж
174
tinvereign a.
tilн1е emblem
stretch v.
['suvno]
[ steit embbm]
суверенный, независимый
государственный герб
иметь протяжение,
temperate а.
within the basin
wild boar n.
11 nnsparent a.
[ waild'bo:]
[trans'реэга nt]
простираться, тянуться
умеренный (о климате)
в бассейне (реки)
кабан
прозрачный
I. Найдите в тексте предложения, являющие-
ся эквивалентами русских.
1.	Официально она называется Республика Бе-
ларусь. Это суверенное независимое государ-
ство, со своим правительством, конституцией,
государственным гербом, флагом и гимном.
2.	Беларусь находится почти в центре Европы, в
самой западной части Восточно-европейской
равнины в бассейне Днепра, Западной Двины
и верхнего течения Немана.
3.	Озёра примечательны своей глубиной, прозрач-
ностью вод и красотой пейзажей.
4.	Леса, сосновые боры, дубравы с могучими ду-
бами, берёзовые рощи и все виды смешаных
лесов являются очарованием, богатством и
гордостью нашей Родины.
5.	Беларусь — страна с уникальной историей и
богатым культурным наследием. Она инте-
ресна и с туристической точки зрения.
II. Заполните пропуски подходящйми по смыс-
лу словами.
1.	Belarus is my ....
2.	Belarus ... for 560 kilometres from ... to ... and
for 650 kilometres from ... to ... .
3.	The lakes are..in the North.
4.	The largest forests are called ... . The
Byelovezhskaya Pushcha is famous for its ... .
175
5.	The climate of Belarus varies from ... to ... due
to a strong ... of the maritime air from the
Atlantic.
III.	Закончите предложения, используя предла-
гаемые варианты.
1.	Belarus is a member-state of
a)	the CIS.
b)	the NATO.
c)	the UNESCO.
2.	Its present-day population is
a)	about 260 million people.
b)	about 10.3 million people.
c)	over 1.5 million people.
3.	The highest mountain is Mt. Dzerzhinskaya
reaching
a)	978 metres above sea level.
b)	3210 metres above sea level.
c)	350 metres above sea level.
4.	Belarus is situated in the temperate zone of
200—500 kilometres away from
a)	the Atlantic Ocean.
b)	the Baltic Sea.
c)	the Black Sea.
IV.	Ответьте на вопросы.
1.	Is Belarus a member of the UNO?
2.	What countries does Belarus border on?
3.	Is Belarus a large country?
4.	What are the largest rivers and lakes?
5.	Why are our forests the charm, wealth and the
pride of our homeland?
6.	How many regions is Belarus divided into?
V.	Разделите текст на смысловые части и под-
берите к ним название.
176
VI.	Расположите пункты плана согласно логи-
ке повествования.
1.	The climate of Belarus.
2.	A sovereign, independent state.
3.	The size and population of Belarus.
4.	The forests of Belarus.
5.	Rivers and lakes.
6.	The geographical position of Belarus.
VII. Расскажите о
1.	The geographical position of Belarus.
2.	The population of Belarus.
3.	The climate of Belarus.
History of Belarus
Belarus is a unique country. Its history is a little-
known page in the world history. More over the
Belarusians know the history of their Motherland
not better than their neighbours do. But they can
be proud of their past, culture and art.
Man came to these lands in the middle
Palaeolithic times. But it was only in the middle
of the first millennium that Slavs settled here.
East-Slav tribes of Krivichi, Dregovichi and
Radimichi were the Belarusian people’s ancestors.
They settled around the Polota (a Western Dvina
tributary) and were later named Polotchane. They
had formed local principalities, such as those of
Pinsk, Turov, Polotsk, Slutsk and Minsk by the
8thto 9th century. These all came under the general
suzerainty of Kievan Rus, the first East Slavic
State, beginning in the mid-9th century.
They took up honey collecting, fur hunting
and agriculture. Trade developed as the Dnieper
177
was part of the «water road» from Constantinople
via Kiev and Novgorod to the Baltic Sea. Trading
settlements multiplied and many towns of the
present-day Belarus were founded by the end of
the 12th century. Polotsk and Turov first appeared
in historical documents in 862 and 980 respectively,
Brest — 1017, Minsk in 1067.
The geographical position of the country, the
development of trade attracted Dutch herring-salters,
Muscovite trappers, Jewish financiers, Hungarian
wine-merchants, Turkish spicers, Tatar tanners and
Chinese silkmen who bought in exchange furs, dried
fish, salt, linen, sailcloth, ropes, timber, tar and
foodstuffs. These international contacts influenced
the most distinctive features of the Belarusian
national character —- tolerance and hospitality.
The advantageous geographical position — on
the cross-roads from east to west and from north
to south — more than once turned into disadvantage.
Belarus was the arena of many wars, invasions
and aggressions. In the 11th century the Tatar-
Mongols attacked Polotsk and Turov principalities
in the east and south. In the 13th century the
Crusaders invaded Belarus from the west. Sweden
conquered the north of Belarus. Belarus was
devastated by Russian-Polish wars (16—18th
centuries), the Napoleon invasion (1812), World
War I (1914—1918), the Soviet-Polish war which
ended with Western Belarus ceded to Poland
and the World War II and Nazi occupation
(1941—1944), the longest and the greatest
fighting for freedom and independence during
which Belarus lost every fourth citizen. All these
tragic events slowed down but didn’t stop the
178
development of the nation. Though Belarusians
belong to the East Slavic ethnic group there is a
strong mixture of Baltic and Scandinavian
elements in their racial, linguistic and cultural
background. Belarus was part of the Grand Duchy
of Lithuania (14th century), Poland and the Russian
Empire (18th century). It was a backward province
where 80% of the population were illiterate.
People suffered from many diseases and there
was only one doctor per 7,000 patients.
The life changed for the better at the beginning
of the 20th century. On January 1, 1919 the
Declaration on the formation of the Byelorussian
Soviet Socialist Republic was adopted. In
December 1922 it joined the Union of the Soviet
Socialist Republics (the USSR) as one of its
founders. On the disintegration of the USSR,
Belarus proclaimed its sovereignty on July 27,
1990. In December 1991 it was one of the three
Slavic republics of the former USSR to form the
CIS (the Commonwealth of Independent States)
with the headquarters in Minsk.
Nowadays Belarus is a country of developed
industry, agriculture, science and culture. Belarusian
industry produces heavy-duty trucks and tractors,
large-capacity dump trucks, refrigerators, TV sets,
fertilisers, meat and dairy products. They make
its chief exports. Timber processing, furniture
making, match and papermaking, textile and
clothing manufacture, food processing are the
main industries for local consumption.
Most of the country has mixed crop and
livestock farming with a strong emphasis on
flax growing. Grain, chiefly barley, rye, oats, and
179
potatoes are the main field crops, a large percentage
of which is used for animal feed. Cattle and pig
raising are also important.
Belarus is a country of well-developed science,
culture and education. There is an Academy of
Sciences, 37 higher educational establishments, and
a lot of theatres, museums, and art galleries thfere.
The long history has taught Belarusians to
overcome difficulties. Today they are optimistic
because their historical experience makes them
sure they will do their best to preserve their
unique culture, language and revive industry and
agriculture. But they are anxious about the future
of their children after the Chernobyl catastrophe,
1986. And still they hope for the best.
Vocabulary.
advantageous a.
ancestor n.
attract v.
background n.
backward a.
barley n.
be anxious
cattle n
conquer v.
consumption n.
devastate u.
disease n.
distinctive a.
feature n.
fertilizer n.
financier n.
flax n.
foodstuff n.
herring-salter n.
hospitality n.
invasion n.
[aedva:n 'teicfcas]
['snsista]
['baekgraund]
[ rbaekw9d]
[Ъа:11]
['aeijkfbs]
[ksetl]
[korjko]
[kon'sAmpJh]
['devasteit]
[di'zi:z]
[dis'tnjktiv]
[
[fai'naensia]
[ 'fuidstAf]
['henrfsoilto]
[.huspi'tselrti]
[in'veisn]
выгодный, благоприятный
предок
привлекать, притягивать
истоки, происхождение
отсталый
ячмень
беспокоиться
крупный рогатый скот
завоёвывать, побеждать
потребление
опустошать, разорять
болезнь
отличительный
особенность, черта
удобрение
финансист
лён
продукты питания
солильщик сельди
гостеприимство, радушие
вторжение
180
large-capacity dump		большегрузный самосвал
truck linen n.	['limn]	полотно
livestock farming n.	[ 'laivstuk]	животноводство
local principality	[ 'lauka^pnnsi psehti]	местное княжество
millennium n.	[mi'leniam]	тысячелетие
multiply v.	['mAltiplai]	увеличивать(ся)
oats n.	[outs]	овёс
Palaeolithic a.	[,рж11э(и)'1101k]	палеолитический
preserve v.	[pn'z3:v]	сохранять
respectively adv. revive u.	[n vaiv]	соответственно возрождать
rye n.	[rai]	рожь
sailcloth n.	[ 'seilklnO]	парусина
silkman n. spicer n.	[ 'spaisa]	торговец шёлком торговец специями
suffer v. suzerainty n.	[ 'surzareinti]	страдать власть
tanner n.	[ 'tsena]	дубильщик
tar n. tolerance n.	[ 'tolarans]	дёготь терпимость
trade n.	[treid]	торговля
trapper n.	[ Чгжра]	охотник, ставящий капкан
tribe n. tributary n.	[ 'tnbjutan]	племя приток
unique a.	Lju:'ni:k]	уникальный, единственный
via prep.	[ 'vaia]	в своём роде через
wine merchant n.	['wain'm3:tfont]	виноторговец
I. Найдите в тексте предложения, являющие-
ся эквивалентами русских.
1.	Они поселились в районе реки Полота (при-
ток Западной Двины) и позже были названы
полотчане.
2.	Торговля развивалась благодаря тому, что
Днепр был частью водного пути из Констан-
тинополя через Киев и Новгород к Балтийс-
кому морю.
3.	Географическое положение страны, развитие
торговли привлекали сюда датских рыбаков,
181
московских охотников, еврейских финансис-
тов, венгерских виноторговцев, турецких тор-
говцев специями, татарских дубильщиков кож
и китайских торговцев шёлком, которые в об-
мен на свои товары покупали меха, сушёную
рыбу, соль, полотно, парусину, верёвки, лес, дё-
готь и продукты питания.
4.	Беларусь была ареной многих войн, вторже-
ний и агрессий.
5.	Хотя белорусы принадлежат к восточносла-
вянской этнической группе, в их происхож-
дении, языке и культуре смешались балтий-
ские и скандинавские элементы.
6.	Долгая история научила белорусов преодоле-
вать трудности.
7.	Но они обеспокоены будущим своих детей пос-
ле чернобыльской аварии 1986 года.
II.	Вставьте пропущенные слова.
1.	Its history is а ... page in the world history.
2.	But it was only in the middle of the first... that
Slavs ... here.
3.	Trading settlements ... and many towns of present-
day Belarus ... by the end of the 12th century.
4.	These international contacts influenced the most
.......of the Belarusian national character — ...
and ....
5.	It was a... province where 80% of the population
were ....
6.	In December 1991 it was one of the three ...
republics of the former USSR to form CIS (the
Commonwealth of Independent States) with the
... in Minsk.
7.	And today they are optimistic because their
historical experience makes them sure they will
do their best to ... their unique culture, language
and ... industry and;agriculture.
182
III.	Закончите предложения, используя предло-
женные варианты.
1.	Man came to these lands in
a)	the middle Palaeolithic times.
b)	the Middle Ages.
c)	the middle of the first millennium.
2.	They took up
a)	paper making.
b)	honey collecting, hunting and agriculture.
c)	heavy-duty trucks and tractors producing.
3.	Belarus is a country of the well developed
a)	industry and agriculture.
b)	science, culture and education.
c)	travelling business.
4.	Grain is the main field crop, which
a)	gives two harvests a year.
b)	is used for animal feed.
c)	is the main foodstuff.
IV.	Ответьте на вопросы.
1.	What tribes were the Belarusian people’s
ancestors?
2.	When did Belarusian towns first appear in
historical documents?
3.	Who conquered Belarus during its history?
4.	When was the BSSR proclaimed?
5.	When did it join the USSR?
6.	When did Belarus become a sovereign state?
7.	What does the Belarusian industry produce
nowadays?
8.	What are the main agricultural products?
9.	Can you prove that Belarus is a country of well-
developed science, culture and education?
V.	Разделите текст на смысловые части, подбе-
рите названия к каждой из них;
1&3
VI.	Расположите данные пункты плана соглас-
но логике повествования.
1.	Belarus nowadays: political status, economical
development and social life.
2.	The Belarusian people’s ancestors: the first
settlers, their occupations, the development of
trade and nation.
3.	Belarus as the arena of wars and aggressions.
4.	Belarusian racial, linguistic and cultural
background.
VII. Используя факты из текста расскажите о
1.	The life of the East-Slav tribes on the territory
of Belarus.
2.	The advantages and disadvantages of the
geographical position of Belarus.
3.	Belarus nowadays.
Minsk
Minsk is the capital of Belarus, an ancient and
beautiful city with a long and exciting history.
It was first mentioned in chronicles in 1067 in
connection with the battle of the Nemiga River
during which it was completely destroyed. It was
destroyed, burned, ruined by the conquerors many
times during its 930 year history: by the Crimean
Tatars in 1505, French troops in 1812, German
occupants in 1919—1920, f ascists during World
War II. But each time it rose from the ruins and
ashes as the mythical bird Phoenix. Many
conquerors have passed through Minsk because it
is situated on the cross-roads of the busiest trade-
routes connecting the Baltic and the Black seas,
184
the East and the West. Thus, this advantage often
turned into disadvantage.
But nevertheless Minsk steadily increased in
importance first as a provincial centre after 1793
and later as an industrial centre after the building
of the Moscow — Warsaw and Liepaja — Romny
railways through Minsk in the 1870s. In 1919 it
became the capital of the Byelorussian republic
and remained the capital when Belarus gained
independence in 1991. The same year the city
became the administrative centre of the CIS.
Minsk stands on the Svisloch river in a
picturesque place. The present-day city is almost
entirely of new construction. It is the city with
broad streets and avenues, modern architecture,
shady parks and some churches which have
survived as relics of the past.
Minsk is the major industrial centre of Belarus.
The economy is based on machine-building,
particularly the manufacture of trucks and tractors.
Other products include electric motors, bearings,
machine tools, radio and television equipment,
refrigerators, watches, textiles and foodstuffs.
The city is also a major educational and cultural
centre with the Academy of Sciences of Belarus,
the Belarusian State University founded in 1921
and numerous institutions of higher education
and scientific research. It’s the city where you can
find the best pieces of Belarusian cultural heritage:
museums, exhibitions, theatres and so on.
The best way to explore the city is to make a
tour. If I were a guide I would show the tourists
my favourite places in Minsk. They are numerous.
But the shortest way to get acquainted with our
185
city and its people is to walk down Francisk
Skorina avenue from Independence square to
Yakub Kolas square. I think, this is the most
beautiful and the busiest part of the city.
Tourists can see the most famous places of
interest here: the House of the Government, the
State University, the Catholic church, the Russian
Academic Drama Theatre, the Art Museum of the
Republic of Belarus, Y.Kupala Belarusian Drama
Theatre, October Square, the Palace of the Republic
and zero kilometre mark, the State Circus, Opera
and Ballet House, the embankment of the Svisloch,
Victory Square and the Obelisk of Victory with
the Eternal Fire, the Palace of Arts, Philharmonic
Society, the monument to Y.Kolas, beautiful parks
and gardens and everything what our city is
rich in. And then they will understand why our
city is considered to be so beautiful, clean, green,
calm, optimistic and hospitable.
Vocabulary
advantage n.	[advamticfc]	преимущество
ancient a. ash n.	[аеЛ	древний пепел, зола
avenue' n.	[ 'aevinju:]	проспект
battle n. be situated v.	[ 'sitfueitid]	битва, сражение быть расположенным
bearing n.	[Ъеэпц]	подшипник
broad a.	[brad]	широкий
burn (burnt, burned) v. capital n. chronicle n.	[ 'kromkl]	жечь, сжигать столица летопись, хроника
CIS completely adv. connecting p. conqueror n.	[ 'korjkara]	СНГ совершенно, полностью связывающий завоеватель
18B
consider v.	[кэп sido]	подагать, считать. r.
construction n.	[kan'strAkfn]	застройка
destroy v.		разрушать, уничтожать
embankment n.	[im'b&rjkmant]	набережная
entirely adv.	[in'taiali]	полностью, всецело,
		совершенно
equipment n.	[1'kwipmant]	оборудование
exciting a.		захватывающий,
		волнующий
explore v.	[iks'ph:]	исследовать
foodstuffs n.		продукты питания
gain v.	[gem]	получать, добиваться
get acquainted v.	[a'kweintid]	познакомиться,
		ознакомиться
guide n.	[gaid]	гид, экскурсовод
heritage n.	[ 'henticfc]	наследство, наследие
hospitable a.	[ 'hnspitebl]	гостеприимный
in connection with		в связи с
increase v.	[in'kri:s]	усиливать(ся)
independence n.		независимость
manufacture n.	[.maenju'faektfa]	производство
mention u.		упоминать
mythical a.	[ miGikl]	мифический, легендарный
numerous a.	[ 'njumaras]	многочисленный
particularly adv.	[ps'tikjulali]	особенно
pass v.	[pa:s]	проходить
picturesque a.	[.piktfa'resk]	живописный
piece n.	[pis]	образец, пример; часть
relics n.	{ rehks]	реликвии
remain v.	[n'mein]	оставаться
research institute	[n's3:tf]	научно-исследовательский
		институт
rise (rose, risen) v.		подниматься, вставать
ruin v.	[ruin]	разрушать
shady a.		тенистый
steadily adv.	[ 'stedili]	постоянно, неизменно, верно
survive v.	[sa'vaiv]	уцелеть
the Eternal Fire	[i't3:nl]	вечный огонь
tour n.	[tua]	путешествие, экскурсия
trade-route n.	[ 'treid'nil]	торговый путь
troops n.	[turps]	войска
187
I. Отметьте в тексте предложения, являющие-
ся эквивалентами русских.
1.	Впервые Минск был упомянут в летописях
1067 года в связи с битвой на реке Немиге, в
результате которой он был полностью разрушен.
2.	Но каждый раз он поднимался из руин, как
легендарная птица Феникс.
3.	Современный город почти полностью застро-
ен новыми зданиями.
4.	Если бы я был экскурсоводом, я бы показал
туристам мои любимые места в Минске. Их
очень много.
5.	И тогда они поймут, почему наш город счита-
ется таким зеленым, чистым, спокойным, оп-
тимистичным и гостеприимным.
II. Заполните пропуски подходящими по смыс-
лу словами.
1.	Minsk is the ... of Belarus, an ... and ... city
with a long and ... history.
2.	This ... often turned into ....
3.	It is the city with broad... and ..., modern ...,
shady ... and some churches which...as ... of
the past.
4.	Minsk is the...centre of Belarus .
5.	The best way to ... the city is to make a ... .
III.	Закончите предложения, используя предла-
гаемые варианты.
1.	Many conquerors have passed through Minsk
because
a)	it was rich and wealthy.
b)	it is situated in the centre of Europe.
c)	it is situated on the crossroads of the busiest
trade-routes connecting the Baltic and the
Black Seas, the East and the West.
188
2.	In 1919 Minsk became the capital of the Byelorussian
republic and remained the capital when
a)	Belarus.was occupied by the fascist
invaders.
b)	Belarus gained independence in 1991.
c)	the CIS was formed.
3.	Minsk is the city where you can find
a)	the best pieces of international cultural
heritage.
b)	the best pieces of Belarusian cultural heritage.
c)	the best examples of the West-European
cultural heritage.
4.	Walking down Francisk Skorina avenue tourists
can see
a) the most famous places of interest in Minsk,
b) the biggest plants and factories.
c) all Minsk theatres.
IV.	Ответьте на вопросы.
1.	Is Minsk an ancient city?
2.	When was it first mentioned in chronicles?
3.	Why was it destroyed, burned and ruined many
times during its 930 year history?
4.	Why do we say that the geographical position of
Minsk was an advantage which often turned
into disadvantage?
5.	Why did Minsk steadily increase in importance?
6.	When did it become the capital of Belarus?
7.	Where is Minsk situated?
8.	Are there many relics of the past in Minsk?
9.	What is the economy of Minsk based on?
10.	Is Minsk a major educational and cultural centre
of Belarus?
11.	What are your favourite places in Minsk?
12.	If you were a guide what would you show the
tourists?
189
V.	Прочитайте текст ещё раз и разделите его на
смысловые части; подберите название к калс~
дой из них.
VI.	Расположите пункты плана согласно логи-
ке повествования.
1. Minsk is the major industrial centre of Belarus.
2. Some places of interest in Minsk worth seeing.
3. Minsk is an ancient city with a long and exciting
history.
4.	Minsk is a major educational and cultural centre.
VII. Используя факты из текста, расскажите о
1. The history of Minsk.
2. Your favourite places in Minsk.
Education in Belarus
Scientific and intellectual potential is the main
strategic resource of Belarus. In 1950s Belarus
became the country of universal literacy. In 1989,
according to the results of the census, 899 people
per each thousand engaged in the national economy
had higher and secondary education; 144 people
among them were the graduates from the higher
educational establishments. Thus, we can say that
Belarus had a developed system of education. It
embraced 11,000 educational establishments;
430,000 teachers worked there; 33 per cent of
population attended different forms of classes.
Nowadays the number of students attending
different educational establishments has not
changed. The republic guarantees its citizens the
right to universal secondary education and creates
means for further professional education. It tries
190
to preserve the democratic character of education,
paying much attention to common human values,
developing independent critical thinking instead
of simple perception of information.
The republic is reforming its system of education
today with the aim of creating an independent,
qualitatively new national school, corresponding
to international standards and ensuring each citizen
the right to the high-quality education according
to his abilities and inclinations.
The reform envisages a continuity of study at
all stages, such as pre-school, secondary school,
vocational training and specialized secondary
school, and at the higher school level. It gives
teachers and students freedom in the choice of
educational forms and methods, while the results
must correspond to the state educational standards.
The main principles of the educational system
in Belarus are the priority of human values, national
culture as the basis of education, humanism, sense
of ecological purpose, scientific basis, democracy,
support of gifted children and so on.
In the period from 1996 till 2010 the reform
envisages:
1.	12 year secondary school. Academic
education in the 11—12th forms according
to the main trends of the higher education:
humane, natural, aesthetic and technological.
2.	Primary vocational training at vocational
schools.
3.	Secondary vocational training at secondary
specialized schools and colleges.
4.	Higher education at two levels: the first
level for those seeking a bachelor’s degree
191
(4—5 years) arid the second level to obtain
a master’s degree (5—6 years).
5.	Possibility for masters to obtain doctoral
degree.
There have been changes in the organization
of education itself. New types of educational
establishments have appeared: gymnasiya, lyceum,
experimental school, college. There appeared non-
state-owned schools of various kinds, private
kindergartens, schools at home, commercial
institutes. So, it stimulates effectiveness of
education, creates non-idealistic attitude to society
on students’ part.
Vocabulary
ability n.
attend v.
attitude n.
bachelor’s degree
be engaged
census n.
citizen n.
common human
values
continuity n.
correspond v.
education n.
embrace u.
guarantee u.
envisage v.
gifted children
graduate v.
ensure v.
higher education
[a'tend]
[ 'aetitju:d]
['baetfahz di'gri:]
[m'geidsd]
[ 'sensss]
[ 'sitizn]
[,kontfnjuiti]
[knn'spnnd]
[ecfeu'keijh]
[im'breis]
[gaeran'ti:]
[in'vizicfc]
[ 'graedjueit]
[in Jus]
способность
посещать
отношение, позиция
степень бакалавра
быть занятым
перепись населения
гражданин
общечеловеческие
ценности
преемственность,
непрерывность
соответствовать
образование, просвещение
включать, заключать
в себе, содержать
гарантировать
предусматривать,
предполагать
одарённые дети
окончить учебное заведение
гарантировать
высшее образование
192
higher educational	ВУЗ (высшее учебное	
establishment inclination n.	[inkli'neijn]	заведение) наклонность
master’s degree non-state-owned schools obtain u.	[ob'tein]	степень магистра негосударственные школы получать
perception n.	[pa'sepjh]	восприятие
preserve p. priority n.	[prai'unti]	сохранять приоритет
qualitatively adv.	[kwDhtativh]	качественно
reform v.	[n'fam]	реформировать,
resource n.	[n'so:s]	исправлять ресурс
secondary education seek v, sense of ecological purpose trend n. universal literacy	среднее образование добиваться, стремиться экологическая направленность тенденция, уклон [ju:ni V3:s9riiunsij всеобщая грамотность	
vocational training		профессиональное
обучение
I. Отметьте в тексте предложения, являющие-
ся эквивалентами русских.
1.	Следует отметить, что в пятидесятых годах
Беларусь стала страной всеобщей грамотно-
сти.
2.	Республика гарантирует своим гражданам
право на среднее общее образование и даёт
возможности для дальнейшего профессио-
нального образования.
3.	Государство предоставляет учителям и уча-
щимся свободу в выборе форм и методов обу-
чения, но результаты должны соответствовать
государственным стандартам.
4.	Появились новые типы образовательных уч-
реждений: гимназия, лицей, эксперименталь-
ная школа, колледж.
1 Зак. 151
193
II. Заполните пропуски подходящими по смыс-
лу словами.
1.	In 1989, according to the results of the ..., 899
people per each thousand ... in the national
economy had ... and ... education; 144 people
among them were ... from the............
2.	The republic tries to ... the democratic character
of education, paying much attention to.........
developing independent critical thinking
instead of simple ... of information.
3.	The republic is ... its system of education today
with the aim of creating an independent, ...
new national school, ... to international
standards and ... each citizen the right to the
high-quality education according to his ... and
• • ♦ •
4.	So, it stimulates ... of education, creates.to
society on students’ part.
III.	Закончите предложения, используя предла-
гаемые варианты.
1.	Scientific and intellectual potential is
a)	the national pride of Belarus.
b)	the main historical value of Belarus.
c)	the main strategic resource of Belarus.
2.	Nowadays the number of students attending
different educational establishments
a)	has increased.
b)	has not changed.
c)	has lowered.
3.	The republic gives teachers and students
freedom
a)	in the choice of educational forms and
methods.
b)	in the choice of textbooks.
c)	in attending schools.
194
4.	The reform envisages
a)	11 year secondary education.
b)	compulsory 10 year education.
c)	12 year secondary education.
IV.	Ответьте на вопросы.
1.	What is the main strategic resource of Belarus?
2.	What is the system of education in Belarus like?
3.	Has the number of students changed in Belarus
nowadays?
4.	What does the republic guarantee its citizens?
5.	What is the aim of the educational reform in
Belarus today?
6.	What does the reform envisage?
7.	What are the main principles of education in
Belarus?
8.	What new types of educational establishments
have appeared in Belarus lately?
9.	What does the reform stimulate?
V.	Прочитайте текст, разделите его на смыс-
ловые части, подберите название к каждой
из них.
VI.	Прочитайте текст и расположите пункты
плана согласно логике повествования.
1.	Belarus is the country of universal literacy.
2.	New types of educational establishments.
3.	The educational reform.
4.	The guarantee of the right to education.
5.	The main principles of the educational system
in Belarus
VII. Используя факты из текста, расскажите о
1. The system of education in Belarus.
2. The educational reform of 1996—2010.
195
Efrosinya Polotskaya
When discussing outstanding people of
Belarus, we can’t but mention the name of
Efrosinya Polotskaya, a princess, a philosophical
and spiritual leader in Polotsk principality in
the 12th century.
She was born in Polotsk into the family of
Izyaslavovichy in 1100. She was the
granddaughter of the famous Vseslav Charodey.
She was a highly educated person of that period.
She had a good knowledge of geography, Greek,
Latin, mythology and other sciences. She was well
aware of both Christian and pagan beliefs. At
the age of 12 she refused to marry and entered
the Convent as the rest of the members of the
family were sent to the Byzantine Empire. First
she was a nun and later Mother Superior of the
Convent.
She did a lot of charitable work which included
opening schools and hospitals. She taught other
people, wrote and rewrote books by hand. She
founded the Spass-Efrosinya church in Polotsk.
On her request in 1161 a famous jeweller Lasar
Bogsha created a Cross to symbolize Christianity
in Belarus and the unity of the nation. Efrosinya
Polotskaya raised her voice against intestine strife
which could destroy the state. The Cross was
decorated with gold, silver and precious stones.
There were icons of saints, the founders of the
Christianity, Efrosinya and her parents on it. It
became a national sacred thing. Unfortunately, the
Cross was taken out of the country during the
Great Patriotic War and disappeared.
196
In 1173 Ef rosinya decided to make a pilgrimage
to Jerusalem. Some months later she got seriously
ill and died. She was buried in Jerusalem. Twelve
years later the body was transported to Kiev and
then returned to Polotsk to be reburied in Spass-
Efrosinya church which she had founded.
Now Efrosinya Polotskaya is considered to be
the protectress of Belarus. Paying tribute to her
great service to the Motherland, the Belarusians
restored the Cross of Efrosinya Polotskaya and
placed it in the Spass-Efrosinya church in 1998.
It has become one of the sacred things in Belarus.
Vocabulary
be aware of v.
bury v.
charitable a.
consider v.
Convent n.
enter v.
intestine strife
jeweller n.
mention v.
Mother Superior
nun n.
outstanding a.
pagan a,
philosophical a.
pilgrimage n.
princess n.
protectress n.
refuse v.
request n.
sacred a.
spiritual a.
the rest n.
[a'wea]
['ben]
[ 'tfaentabl]
['knnvont]
[in 'testin 'strait]
['djuiala]
[menjh]
[sju'piana]
[aut'staendirj]
[peigon]
[pilgnmicfcl
[pnn'ses]
[prs'tektns]
[n'fjuzz]
[n'kwest]
[ 'seikrid}
[spintfuol]
знать, быть осведомленным
хоронить
благотворительный
считать, полагать
монастырь (женский)
вступать, поступать
междуусобица
ювелир
упоминать
мать-настоятельница
монахиня
выдающийся
языческий
философский
паломничество
княжна
покровительница,
защитница
отказывать(ся)
просьба
священный
духовный
остальные, другие
197
I. Отметьте в тексте предложения, являющие-
ся эквивалентами русских.
1.	Ефросиния Полоцкая родилась в Полоцке в
1100 году в семье Изяславовичей.
2.	Сначала она была простой монахиней, а затем
стала настоятельницей монастыря.
3.	Она основала Спасо-Ефросиньевскую церковь
в Полоцке.
4.	В 1173 году Ефросиния решила совершить
паломничество в Иерусалим.
5.	Крест Ефросинии Полоцкой стал одной из
святынь Беларуси.
П. Заполните пропуски подходящими по смыс-
лу словами.
1.	When discussing ... people of Belarus, we can’t
but... the name of Efrosinya Polotskaya, a ..., a
... and ... leader of the 12th century.
2.	She was well ... of both ... and ... beliefs.
3.	On her ... a famous ... Lasar Bogsha created a ...
to symbolize Christianity in Belarus.
4.	She was ... in Jerusalem, twelve years later the body
was ... to Kiev and then ... to Polotsk to be ... inthe
Spass-Efrosinya church which she had founded.
5.	Now she is ... to be the ... of Belarus.
III.	Закончите предложения, используя предла-
гаемые варианты.
1.	She had a good knowledge of
a)	geography, English and medicine.
b)	philosophy, Greek and other sciences.
c)	geography, Greek, Latin, mythology and
other sciences.
2.	At the age of 12 she refused to marry and entered
the Convent as the rest of the family
a)	were sent to the Byzantine Empire.
198
b)	were killed.
c)	were not religious.
3.	Unfortunately, the Cross was taken out of the
country during
a)	the Napoleon invasion.
b)	the Great Patriotic war.
c)	the Civil war .
4.	Paying tribute to her great service to the
Motherland, the Belarusians
a)	have found the Cross of Efrosinya Polotskaya
and placed it in the Spass-Efrosinya church.
b)	have restored the Cross and placed it in the
Spass-Efrosinya church.
c)	have restored the Cross and placed it in the
museum.
IV.	Ответьте на вопросы.
1.	What was Efrosinya Polotskaya?
2.	Was she a highly educated person of her time?
3.	When did she become a nun?
4.	Did she do a lot of charitable work? What did
she do?
5.	What kind of cross did Lasar Bogsha create?'
6.	Why did the Belarusians restore the Cross of
Efrosinya Polotskaya?
7.	Where is she buried?
V.	Прочтите текст, разделите его на смысловые
части и подберите название к каждой из них.
VI.	Расположите пункты плана согласно логи-
ке повествования.
1.	Efrosinya’s charitable work.
2.	Philosophical and spiritual leader of the time.
3.	The symbol of Christianity in Belarus.
4.	Pilgrimage to Jerusalem.
5.	The Protectress of Belarus.
199
VII. Расскажите о
Efrosinya Polotskaya is a philosophical and
spiritual leader of the 12th century Belarus.
M. Lomonosov
Lomonosov was a scientist, a poet, a grammarian.
He is often considered the first great Russian
linguistic reformer. Lomonosov made substantial
contribution to the natural sciences, reorganized
the St. Petersburg Imperial Academy of Sciences,
established in Moscow the university that today
bears his name, and created the first coloured
glass mosaics in Russia.
Lomonosov was born on the 19th of November,
1711 near Kholmogory, Russia. He was the son of
a poor fisherman. At the age of 10 he took up that
work, too. When the few books he was able to
obtain could no longer satisfy his growing thirst
for knowledge, he left his native village, penniless
and on foot, for Moscow. He was 19. His ambition
was to educate himself to join the learned men on
whom the tsar Peter I the Great was calling to
transform Russia into a modern nation.
His bitter struggle began as soon as he arrived
in Moscow. It was not an easy task for a man of
humble origin to get education at that time. But
his exceptional intelligence enabled him in five
years to assimilate the eight-year course of study
and in 1736 Lomonosov became a student at the
St. Petersburg Academy.
Seven months later he left for Germany to
study at the University of Marburg and later in
Freiberg. He studied Western philosophy and
200
science, the technologies of mining, metallurgy,
and glassmaking.
In 1741 he returned to St. Petersburg. Here he
worked on «276 Notes on Corpuscular Philosophy
and Physics», where he set forth the dominant ideas
of his scientific work. In 1745 he was appointed a
professor at the Academy. He translated scientific
works into Russian and wrote in Latin such
important works as «Cause of Heat and Cold»,
«Elastic Force of Air» and «Theory of Electricity».
He recorded more than 4,000 experiments, the
results of which enabled him to set up a coloured
glass works and to make mosaics with these glasses.
His «Discourse on the Usefulness of Chemistry»,
«Letter to LI. Shuvalov Concerning the Usefulness
of Glass», «Origin of Light and Colours» and the
«Ode» to Elizabeth celebrated his fruitful union
of abstract and applied science.
To these achievements were added the composition
of Rossiyskaya grammatika and «Short Russian
Chronicle» and the «universal law of nature» —
that is, the law of conservation of matter and energy.
From 1755 he did a lot for the development of
Moscow State University. Appointed a councillor by
the Academy in 1757, he undertook reforms to make
the university an intellectual centre closely linked
with the life of the country. He wrote several works
on voyages and navigation in the Northern Seas.
His prestige was considerable in Russia, and his
scientific works and his role in the Academy were
known abroad. He was a member of the Royal Swedish
Academy of Sciences and of that of Bologna.
The persecutions he suffered, particularly after
the empress Elizabeth’s death in 1762 exhausted
201
him physically, and he died in 1765. The empress
Catherine II the Great had Lomonosov buried with
great ceremony, but she confiscated all the notes in
which were outlined the great humanitarian ideas
he had developed.
The publication of his «Complete Works» in
1950—1983 by Soviet scholars revealed the full
contribution of Lomonosov, who has long been
misunderstood by historians of science.
Vocabulary
276 Notes on		276 заметок по физике и
Corpuscular Philosophy and Physics ambition n.	[am'bifn]	корпускулярной философии честолюбие, стремление,
appoint v. assimilate v.	[a'simileit]	цель назначить усваивать
bitter struggle Cause of Heat and Cold coloured glass mosaics	[mau'zdnk]	жестокая борьба 0 причинах тепла и холода цветная стеклянная
Complete Works councillor n.	[ 'kaunsib]	мозаика Полное собрание сочинений член совета, советник
Discourse on the Usefulness of Chemistry dominant a.	[ dominant]		Слово о пользе химии господствующий,
Elastic Force of Air empress n.	[ empns]	преобладающий Об упругости воздуха императрица
exceptional intelligence exhaust v.	[ig'zo:st]	исключительный ум истощать, изнурять
grammarian n.	[gro'meanan]	грамматист
humble origin	[ ЬлшЬГэ:пфт]	низкое происхождение
Letter to I.L Shuvalov Concerning the Usefulness of Glass		письмо И.И. Шувалову о пользе стекла
202
metallurgy n.	[me'taela:^1]
Origin of Light and Colours
penniless a.
persecution n.	[, p3:si'kju:Jbn]
reveal v.	[n'vi:l]
scholar n.	['skols]
Short Russian Chronicle
substantial contribution [sab'staenjbl
kontn 'bju:Jh]
Theory of Electricity
thirst for knowledge	[03:st]
undertake v.	[^nda'teik]
металлургия
Слово о происхождении света
без гроша в кармане
преследование, гонение
показать, открывать
учёный
Краткий Российский
летописец
значительный вклад
Теория электричества
жажда знаний
предпринимать
I. Отметьте в тексте предложения, являющие-
ся эквивалентами русских.
1.	Ломоносов внёс существенный вклад в есте-
ственные науки, реорганизовал Санкт-Петер-
бургскую академию наук, основал Московс-
кий университет и создал первую цветную
мозаику в России.
2.	Его целью было самообразование, чтобы при-
соединиться к образованным людям, которых
царь Пётр I призывал перестроить Россию в
современное государство.
3.	Но исключительный интеллект Ломоносова
позволил ему за 5 лет изучить 8-летний курс,
и в 1736 году он стал студентом Санкт-Пе-
тербургской академии наук.
4.	Он провёл более 4000 экспериментов, резуль-
таты которых позволили ему создать цветное
стекло и делать из него мозаику.
5.	Императрица Екатерина Великая похорони-
ла Ломоносова с великими почестями, но кон-
фисковала все его записи, в которых были
отражены его великие гуманистические
идеи.
203
II. Заполните пропуски подходящими по смыс-
лу словами.
1.	When the few books he was able to ... could no
longer satisfy his growing ... for ..., he left his
native village, ... and on foot, for Moscow.
2.	His ... struggle began as soon as he arrived in
Moscow. It was not an easy ... for a man of ...
origin to get education at that time.
3.	In 1745 he was ... a professor at the ....
4.	Appointed a ... by the Academy in 1757 he ...
reforms to make the university an ... centre
closely linked with the life of the country.
5.	The ... he suffered, particularly after the ...
Elizabeth’s death in 1762 ... him physically and
he died in 1765.
III.	Ответьте на вопросы.
1.	What was M. Lomonosov?
2.	What contribution did he make to the world
science?
3.	When and where was he born?
4.	He was a man of humble origin, wasn’t he?
5.	Why did he leave for Moscow at the age of 19?
6.	Was it easy to get education for him?
7.	Where did he study?
8.	What was he interested in?
9.	What works after M. Lomonosov do you know?
10.	Was his prestige considerable in Russia and
abroad?
11.	When were his «Complete Works» published?
IV.	Расскажите о
M. Lomonosov is an outstanding Russian
scientist.
204
A. Pushkin
The year of 1998 was announced by UNESCO
the Year of Pushkin. In this way the mankind
paid tribute to the genius of the Russian literature
in commemoration of his 200th anniversary, which
was celebrated world wide in June 1999.
A. Pushkin was a Russian poet, novelist,
dramatist, and short-story writer. He is considered
his country’s greatest poet and the founder of
modern Russian literature. He is the author of
«YevgenyOnegin», «LittleTragedies», «TheQueen
of Spades», «Boris Godunov» and wonderful
verses and fairy tales.
We have grown up with his learned cat, who
walked round and round the oak-tree, singing
songs as he circled right, and telling tales as he
circled left. We were fond of his exiled Prince,
who was turned into a bumble-bee so that he
could fly to his father’s court and sting his
wicked aunt on the nose. Later we experienced
Onegin’s boredom, Tatiana’s unrequited love,
Godunov’s uneasy conscience, Herman’s tension
at the gaming table, Saliere’s jealousy of Mozart,
and heard the dead steps of the Stone Guest and
the thundering hooves of the Bronze Horseman.
His life was no less exciting than his works.
He was born in Moscow on the 6th of June 1799.
His father came of an old boyar family. His mother
was a granddaughter of Abram Hannibal, who,
according tb family tradition, was an Abyssinian
princeling bought as a slave at Constantinople
(Istanbul) and adopted by Peter the Great and
became his comrade in arms. Pushkin immortalized
205
him in an unfinished historical novel, Arap Petra
Velikogo (The Negro of Peter the Great). Like
many aristocratic families in early 19th century
Russia, Pushkin’s parents adopted French culture.
Alexander and his brother and sister learned to
talk and to read in French. The children werejeft
much to the care of their maternal grandmother,
who told Alexander stories of his ancestors in
Russian. From his old nurse Arina Rodionovna
Yakovleva, a freed serf, he heard Russian folktales.
During summers at his grandmother’s estate near
Moscow he talked to the peasants and spent hours
alone, living in the dream world of an imaginative
child. He read a lot and gained stimulus from the
literary guests who came to the house.
In 1811 Pushkin entered the newly founded
Imperial Lyceum at Tsarskoye Selo and there began
his literary career. Here he wrote a number of
verses following the style of the Romantic poets.
While at the Lyceum Pushkin also began his
first completed major work, the romantic poem
Ruslan i Lyudmila with an old Russian setting
and making use of Russian folklore. It brought
Pushkin fame, and Zhukovsky presented his
portrait to the poet with the inscri ption «To the
victorious pupil from the defeated master».
In 1817 Pushkin accepted a post in the foreign
office at St. Petersburg. He joined the Green Lamp
association founded for discussion of literature
and history but in reality a branch of a secret
society, the Union of Welfare In his political
verses and epigrams he made himself the spokesman
for the ideas and aspirations of the participants
of the Decembrist rising of 1825. For these
206
political poems, Pushkin was banished from St.
Petersburg to a remote southern province.
He travelled in the Caucasus, the Crimea and
gained the impressions for his «southern cycle»
of romantic narrative poems: «Kavkazsky plennik»
(The Prisoner of the Caucasus), «Bratya razboyniki»
(The Robber Brothers), and «Bakhchisaraysky
fontan» (The Fountain of Bakhchisaray).
In 1823 he started work on his central masterpiece,
the novel in verse «Yevgeny Onegin» (1833).
From 1820 to 1824 he stayed in Kishinyov
and Odessa. He led the life of a society, fought
several duels, and was discharged and exiled to
Mikhaylovskoye, near Pskov.
Although the two years at Mikhaylovskoye were
unhappy for Pushkin, they were one of his most
productive periods. Alone and isolated, he wrote
«Tsygany» (The Gypsies), «Yevgeny Onegin», the
poem «Graf Nulin» (Count Nulin), the historical
tragedy «Boris Godunov».
Another extremely productive period is
connected with Boldino, a family’s estate near
Nizhny Novgorod. There he wrote the so-called
«Little Tragedies» — «Skupoy rytsar» (The
Covetous Knight), «Motsart i Salyeri» (Mozart
and Salieri), «Kamenny gost» (The Stone Guest),
and «Pir vo vremya chumy» (Feast in Time of the
Plague) and the famous short story «Pikovaya
Dama» (The Queen of Spades).
Eventually, he was allowed to return to St.
Petersburg. Soon marriage to one of the leading
beauties of the society brought its problems. Pushkin
was mortally wounded defending his wife’s honour
in a duel. And died on February 10, 1837.
ОГУ7
Pushkin’s use of the Russian language is
astonishing in its simplicity and profundity. His
novel in verse «Yevgeny Onegin» was the first
Russian work depicting contemporary society and
pointing the way to the Russian realistic novel of
the mid-19th century. Pushkin’s importance as a
great national poet was recognized even during
his lifetime. Pushkin was the creator of the Russian
literary language and stood as the cornerstone of
Russian literature, «the beginning of beginnings».
Pushkin has thus become an inseparable part of the
literary world of the Russian people. He also exerted
a profound influence on other aspects of Russian
culture, most notably in opera.
Pushkin’s work has struck an echo all over the
world with its nobility of conception, its emphasis
on civic responsibility, its life-affirming vigour, and
its confidence in the triumph of reason over prejudice,
of human charity over slavery and oppression.
His works are translated into all the major
languages. They are transcending national
barriers expressing most completely Russian
national consciousness.
Vocabulary
adopt v.
ancestor n.
anniversary n.
announce v.
banish v.
boredom n.
boyar a.
charity n.
civic a.
усыновить, принять на
воспитание
	предок
[зет уз:san]	годовщина, юбилей
[a'nauns]	объявлять, провозглашать изгонять, высылать
['bo:dam]	скука боярский
[tfaenti]	милосердие
['sivik]	гражданский
208
commemorate v.	[ko'memsreit]	празднование или
conscience n.	[ 'kunjbns]	ознаменование (какого-то события или годовщины чего-то) совесть
consciousness n.	[ konfosms]	сознание
cornerstone n.		краеугольный камень
discharge v.		увольнять в отставку
dread a.	[dred]	ужасный, страшный
emphasis n.	[ 'emfasis]	акцент, подчёркивание,
estate n.		ударение имение
exert v.	[ig Z3:t]	влиять
exile n.	['eksail]	изгнание, ссылка
fame n.		слава, известность
freed serf		крепостной, получивший
gain v.		свободу получать, приобретать
hoof (hooves) n.	[hu:f]	копыта
imaginative a.		одарённый богатым
inscription n.		воображением надпись, краткое
inseparable a.		посвящение неотделимый
jealousy n.	['cfcelosi]	ревность, зависть
life-affirming		жизнеутверждающий
maternal a.		материнский
narrative a.		в прозе
oppression n.	[э'рге/эп]	угнетение, притеснение
prejudice n.	[ 'predjudis]	предрассудок
princeling n.		князёк
profundity n.	[pro'fknditi]	глубина
remote a.		далёкий
simplicity n.		простота
slave n.		раб
slavery n.		рабство
stimulus n.		стимул
sting v.		жалить
tension n.	[tenfn]	напряжение
transcend v.	[traen'send]	переступать пределы
tribute n.	[ 'tnbju:t]	дань
uneasy a.		беспокойный, тревожный
209
unrequited love
versen.
vigour n.
[ 'лпп 'kwaitid]	неразделённая любовь
[V3:s]	стих, стихи
['vigo]	сила, энергия
I. Отметьте в тексте предложения, являющиеся
эквивалентами русских.
1.	Так человечество отдаёт должное гению рус-
ской литературы в ознаменование его 200-лет-
него юбилея.
2.	Мы росли с его котом учёным, который «всё
ходит по цепи кругом; идёт налево — песнь
заводит, направо — сказку говорит».
3.	От своей старенькой няни Арины Родионов-
ны Яковлевой, крепостной, получившей сво-
боду, он слышал русские народные сказки.
4.	Это принесло Пушкину славу, и Жуковский
подарил ему свой портрет с надписью: «Побе-
дителю-ученику от побеждённого учителя».
5.	В политических стихах и эпиграммах он вы-
ражал идеи и устремления участников вос-
стания декабристов в 1825 году.
6.	Он вёл светскую жизнь, участвовал в несколь-
ких дуэлях, был разжалован и выслан в Ми-
хайловское недалеко от Пскова.
7.	Творчество Пушкина вызвало отклик во всём
мире благородством замыслов, тем, что он под-
чёркивал важность гражданской ответствен-
ности, своей жизнеутверждающей энергией,
уверенностью в триумфе разума над предрас-
судками, человеческого милосердия над раб-
ством и угнетением.
II. Закончите предложения, используя предло-
женные варианты.
1.	The year 1998 was ... by UNESCO the Year of ....
2.	Later we experienced Onegin’s ..., Tatiana’s ...
love, Godunov’s...., Herman’s ... at the gaming
210
table, Salieri’s ... of Mozart, and heard the ...steps
of the Stone Guest and the thundering ... of the
Bronze Horseman.
3.	His mother was a granddaughter of Abram Hannibal,
who according to family ..., was an Abyssinian ...
bought as a... at Constantinople and... by Peter the
Great and became his ... in arms.
4.	The children were left much to the care of their
... grandmother who told Alexander stories of
his ... in Russian.
5.	He read a lot and ... ... from the literary guests
who came to the house.
6.	For these political poems Pushkin was ... from
St. Petersburg to a ... southern province.
7.	They are ... national barriers expressing most
completely Russian national... .
III.	Ответьте на вопросы.
1.	What was the year 1998 noted for?
2.	What is A. Pushkin?
3.	Have you read his works?
4.	When and where was he born?
5.	Who was his famous ancestor?
6.	Who took care of little Alexander Pushkin?
7.	What influenced the talent of the child?
8.	Where did Pushkin study?
9.	What was his first completed major work?
10.	How did Zhukovsky estimate Pushkin’s work?
11.	Whose ideas did Pushkin express?
12.	What works did he write during his exile to the
remote southern province?
13.	What did he do in Mikhaylovskoye?
14.	This period was the most productive, wasn’t it?
15.	What works did he write there?
16.	What was Pushkin’s contribution to Russian
literature?
211
17.	Are Pushkin’s works famous in the world?
18.	His works express Russian national consciousness,
don’t they?
IV.	Расскажите о
A. Pushkin’s life and creative work,
z
Leonardo da Vinci
f
Leonardo da Vinci is an outstanding artist, the
man of genius of Renaissance and Humanism.
The unique fame that the Florentine artist and
scientist Leonardo da Vinci enjoyed in his lifetime
has remained undimmed to the present day. It is
based on the equally unique universality of his
spirit. He was a painter, sculptor, architect and
engineer. An unlimited desire for knowledge
guided his thinking and behaviour. He found
that his eyes were his main avenue to knowledge.
«Knowing how to see» (Saper vedere) became the
great, theme of his studies of man’s works and
nature’s creations. His superb intellect, his unusual
powers of observation, and his mastery of the art
of drawing led him to the study of nature itself.
Leonardo was born in 1452 on his father’s
family estate in Vinci. His father was a Florentine
notary and landlord. His mother was a young
peasant woman. Leonardo grew up in his father’s
house, where he was treated as a legitimate son
and received the usual elementary education of
that day: reading, writing, and arithmetic,
Leonardo’s artistic inclinations must have
appeared early. When he was about 15, his father
took him to a renowned workshop of Andrea del
212
Verrocchio. Leonardo received a many-sided
training that included not only painting and
sculpture but the technical-mechanical arts as well.
In 1472 Leonardo was accepted in the painters’
guild of Florence and worked independently until
1481.
In 1482 he moved to Milan where he spent 17
years serving the Duke until Ludovico’s fall from
power in 1499. Highly esteemed, Leonardo was
constantly kept busy as a painter and sculptor and
as a designer of court festivals; technical adviser
and engineer. There Leonardo’s genius unfolded
to the full. He created «Lady with an Ermine» (the
portrait of Cecilia Gallerani), an altar painting of
«The Virgin of the Rocks», a monumental wall
painting of the «Last Supper». He wrote treatises
on painting, architecture, a book on the elements of
mechanics, a work on human anatomy, geographical,
botanical, hydrological and aerological researches.
From 1500 till 1502 Leonardo travelled from
one city to another until he entered the service of
the notorious son of Pope Alexander VI, Cesare
Borgia as «senior military architect and general
engineer.». Only his «appetite to life» can explain
Leonardo’s decision. For ten months he travelled
across the territories and sketched some of the
city plans and topographical maps.that laid the
groundwork for modern cartography. In 1503
he returned to Florence and for three years worked
on «Battle of Anghiari» but it remained unfinished.
These same years he painted the portrait of «Mona
Lisa» and a painting of a standing «Leda», which
was not completed and has survived only in
copies.
213
In 1506 the governor of Milan invited Leonardo
da Vinci and the latter accepted the invitation.
In Milan he did very little as a painter but his
scientific activity flourished.
In 1513 Leonardo went to Rome hoping to find
employment there. He remained in the Eternal City
for three years. While Donato Bramante'was
building St. Peter’s, Raphael was painting the
last rooms of the Pope’s new apartments,
Michelangelo was struggling to complete the tomb
of Pope Julius, and many younger artists were active
there, the ageing master worked in his studio on
mathematical studies and technical experiments.
In a life of such loneliness, it is easy to
understand why Leonardo, despite his 65 years,
decided to accept the invitation of the young
king Francis I to enter his service in France.
Leonardo spent the last three years of his life in
the small residence near the King’s summer palace.
The King treated him in every respect as an
honoured guest. Leonardo spent most of his time
arranging and editing his scientific studies.
He died on May 2, 1519. During the French
Revolution the church where he had been buried
was devastated. Hence, his grave can no longer
be located. But his masterpieces live and we can
admire their perfect beauty.
Vocabulary
creation n.
devastate
esteemed a.
flourish v.
guide v.
[krr'eijn]
[ 'devosteit]
[is'tiimd]
[ПлпД
[gaid]
творение
опустошать, разорять
уважаемый
процветать, преуспевать
руководить
214
guild и.	[gtld]
hence adv.	[hens]
lay the ground work	
legitimate a.	[li'djitimit]
notary n.	['nautan]
notorious a.	[nau'tomas]
observation n.	[tnbz3: veijn]
peasant n.	[ 'pezant]
renowned a.	[n'naund]
sketch v.	
treatise n.	['trktiz]
undimmed a.	[An'dimd]
unfold v.	
гильдия
таким образом
положить начало
законный
нотариус
пресловутый
наблюдательность
крестьянин
известный, прославленный
делать наброски
трактат, научный труд
нетускнеющий
раскрывать(ся)
I. Отметьте в тексте предложения, являющие-
ся эквивалентами русских.
1.	Неукротимая страсть к знаниям руководила
его мыслями и поведением.
2.	Леонардо рос в доме отца, где воспитывался
как законный сын и получил обычное началь-
ное образование того времени: научился чи-
тать, писать и считать.
3.	Леонардо был постоянно занят как художник,
скульптор, оформитель дворцовых праздников,
технический советчик и инженер.
4.	С 1500 по 1502 год Леонардо переезжал из од-
ного города в другой, пока не поступил на
службу к пресловутому сыну Папы Алексан-
дра VI, Цезарю Борджиа в качестве «старшего
военного архитектора и главного инженера».
5.	В Милане он очень мало занимался живопи-
сью, зато его научная деятельность процветала.
6.	Пока Донато Браманте строил собор Святого
Петра, Рафаэль расписывал последнюю ком-
нату новых Папских апартаментов, Микелан-
джело пытался закончить надгробие Папы
Юлия и многие молодые художники работа-
ли там, престарелый мастер работал в своей
215
мастерской над математическими исследова-
ниями и техническими экспериментами.
II. Заполнить пропуски подходящими по смыс-
лу словами.
1.	The unique ... that the Florentine artist and ...
Leonardo da Vinci enjoyed in his lifetime has
remained ... to the present day.
2.	Leonardo’s artistic ... must have appeared early,
because when he was about 15 his father took
him to a ... workshop of Andrea del Verrocchio.
3.	For 10 months he travelled across the territories
and ... some of the city plans and ... maps that...
the groundwork for modern ....
4.	These same years he painted the ... of «Mona
Lisa» and a ... of a standing «Leda», which was
not completed and has survived only in ... .
5.	During the French Revolution the ... where
Leonardo da Vinci had been buried was ... .
III.	Ответьте на вопросы.
1.	What is Leonardo da Vinci?
2.	Is he famous nowadays? Why?
3.	What guided his thinking and behaviour?
4.	What was his main avenue to knowledge?
5.	When and where was he born?
6.	What were his parents?
7.	Why did his father take him to a workshop?
8.	What did he learn there?
9.	When was he accepted in the painter’s guild?
10.	Where did he spend 17 years?
11.	What did he do there?
12.	What did he do at Cesare Borgia’s court?
13.	When did he paint the portrait of «Mona Lisa»?
14.	What did Leonardo da Vinci do in Rome?
15.	Why did he accept the invitation to enter the
service in France?
216
16.	What did he do there?
17.	When did he die?
18.	Where was he buried?
19.	Why do people remember his name?
20.	What is Leonardo da Vinci’s contribution to
the development of civilization?
IV.	Расскажите о
Leonardo da Vinci’s life and creative work.
Nature Protection
Computers project that between now and the
year of 2030 we are going to have an increase of
the average temperature between 1,5—4,5
degrees C. Sea levels would rise by several metres,
flooding coastal areas and ruining vast tracts
of farmland. Huge areas would be infertile and
become uninhabitable. Water contamination
could lead to shortages of safe drinking water.
It looks like the end of civilization on the Earth.
For hundreds of thousands of years the human
race has thriven in Earth’s environment. But now,
at the end of the 20th century, we are at a crucial
turning point. We have upset nature’s sensitive
equilibrium releasing harmful substances into the
air, polluting livers and oceans with industrial waste
and tearing up the countryside to accommodate
our rubbish. These are the consequences of the
development of civilization. We are to stop it by
joint efforts of all the people of the world.
The range of environmental problems is wide.
But the matters of people’s great concern
nowadays are atmosphere and climate changes,
217
depletion of the ozone layer, freshwater resources,
oceans and coastal areas, deforestation and
desertification, biological diversity, biotechnology,
health and chemical safety. United Nations
Environment Programme (UNEP) concentrates
its activities on these issues.
Acid Rains
One of the most alarming forms of гиг pollution
is acid rain. It results from the release into the
atmosphere of sulphur and nitrogen oxides that
react with water droplets and return to earth in
the form of acid rain, mist or snow. Acid rain is
killing forests in Canada, the USA, and central
and northern Europe. (Nearly every species of
tree is affected.) It has acidified lakes and
streams and they сгтЧ support fish, wildlife, plants
or insects. (In the USA 1 in 5 lakes suffer from
this type of pollution).
Depletion of the Ozone Layer
The protective layer of the Earth, the ozone layer,
which protects the Earth from the sun’s destructive
UV (ultraviolet) rays, is being damaged by CFCs
(chlorofluorocarbons). They are released by the
daily use of industrial and household products:
refrigerators, air conditioners, foam insulation,
cleaning chemicals, food packaging. In the ozone
layer they attack the ozone molecules making a
«hole». This «hole» allows more UV rays to
penetrate to the Earth. It increases the risk of
218
skin cancer, weakens the immune system of people.
Besides, UV rays influence the oceans, the growth
of plankton, an essential part of the marine-life
food chain in the negative way, reduce economically
important crops (rice, cotton, soy beans). The life
cycle is going to be undermined by the ozone.
Destruction of the Tropical Forest
It’s generally agreed that the destruction of
the tropical forest has a major impact on the world
climate. The tropical rain forest is a natural
recycler, provider and protector for our planet. It
recycles carbon, nitrogen and oxygen, helps
determine temperature, rainfall and other climatic
conditions and supports the most diverse ecosystem
in the world. Deforestation could cause one forth
of all species on earth to vanish in the next 25
years. These forests in Amazonia, South-East Asia
and West and Central Africa are being destroyed
at an alarming rate of 42 million acres per year.
Measures to Be Taken
We have only a few years to attempt to turn
things around. We must review our wasteful,
careless ways, we must consume less, recycle more,
conserve wildlife and nature, act according to the
dictum «think locally, think globally, act locally».
To my mind, we are obliged to remove factories and
plants from cities, use modem technologies, redesign
and modify purifying systems for cleaning and.
trapping harmful substances, protect and increase
219
the greenery and broaden ecological education.
These are the main practical measures, which must
be taken in order to improve the ecological situation.
Some progress has been already made in this
direction. 159 countries-members of the UNO
have set up environmental protection agencies.
They hold conferences discussing ecological
problems, set up environmental research centres
and take practical urgent measures to avoid
ecological catastrophe. There are numerous public
organisations such as Greenpeace that are doing
much to preserve environment.
The 5th of June is proclaimed the World
Environmental Day by the UNO and is celebrated
every year.
Vocabulary
acid n.	[ 'aesid]	кислота
acre n.	[ eika]	акр = 0,405 гектара
alarming a.		тревожный, пугающий
average a.	[ 'aevoncij]	средний
chlorofluorocarbons	['кЬтэ fluors ka:bonz] хлорфторуглероды	
(CFC) onsequence n.	[ 'knnsikwons]	последствия
contamination n.	[kon'taemineijh]	загрязнение, заражение
crucial a.	['krujjol]	критический, решающий
crucial turning point		переломный момент,
depletion n.	[di'plijh]	критическое положение истощение
diversity n.	[dai'v3:siti]	разнообразие
flood v.	[flAd]	затоплять
foam insulation	['fsum insju'leijh]	пенная изоляция
impact n.	['impaekt]	влияние, воздействие
mist n.		изморось, туман
molecule n.	['molikju:!]	молекула
nitrogen n.	[ 'naitncijon]	азот
ozone layer	['ouzsun'leio]	озоновый слой
220
plankton n.	[ 'plaeijktDn]	планктон
pollute v.	[pa'luzt]	загрязнять
react v.	[rii'aekt]	вступать в реакцию
recycle v.	[n'saikl]	перерабатывать
release u.	[n'li:s]	выбрасывать, освобождать
sensitive equilibrium	[, kkwi'bbnaml	хрупкое равновесие
species n.	[sprfiz]	вид (виды)
substance n.	['SAbStans]	вещество
sulphur oxide	[’алИэ uksaid]	окись серы
thrive (throve, thriven) tract n.	v. [Oraiv]	процветать участок, пространство (земли)
ultraviolet (UV) rays ['лкгэ vaiolit] undermine v. vanish v.		ультрафиолетовые лучи подрывать исчезать
I. Отметьте предложения, являющиеся экви-
валентами русских.
1.	Сотни тысяч лет человечество процветало в
окружающей его среде.
2.	Одна из самых тревожных форм загрязнения
воздуха — это кислотные дожди.
3.	Защитный слой Земли, озоновый, защищающий
Землю от разрушительных ультрафиолетовых
лучей, разрушается хлорфторуглеродами.
И. Вставьте пропущенные слова.
1.	But now in the last decade of the 20th century
we are at a..........
2.	It results from the release into the atmosphere
of ... and.......that... with water droplets and
return to earth in the form of acid rain, ... or
snow.
3.	The life cycle is going to be ... by the ozone.
4.	The tropical rain forest is a natural.and ...
for our planet.
5.	Sea levels would rise by several metres,... coastal
areas and ruining vast... of farmland.
221
6.	We must review our ...» ... ways, we must
consume less, recycle more, ... wildlife and
nature, act to the ... «think locally, think
globally, act locally».
III.	Закончите предложения, используя предло-
женные варианты.
1.	Environmental changes are the consequences of
the
a)	development of sport.
b)	development of civilization.
c)	protection of the environment.
2.	Acid rains are killing
a)	forests in Canada, the USA, central and
northern Europe.
b)	towns in Africa.
c)	animals all over the world.
3.	In the ozone layer CFCs attack
a)	spaceships and satellites,making holes.
b)	birds, killing them.
c)	the ozone molecules, making a «hole».
4.	Tropical rain forests recycle carbon, nitrogen,
oxygen and help determine
a)	temperature, rainfall and other climatic
conditions.
b)	level of the world ocean.
c)	the development of science.
5.	Huge areas would be
a)	conserved and recycled.
b)	infertile and become uninhabitable.
c)	destroyed by UV rays.
6.	Practical measures must be taken to
a)	flood coastal areas and vast tracts of
farmland.
b)	improve the ecological situation.
c)	protect animals.
222
IV.	Ответьте на вопросы.
1.	What are the matters of people’s great concern
nowadays?
2.	What damage do acid rains bring?
3.	Why are he ozone «holes» dangerous for the life
on the Earth?
4.	Why is tropical rain forest a natural recycler,
provider and protector for our planet?
5.	What could lead to shortages of safe drinking
water?
6.	What are the main practical measures which
must be taken in order to improve the ecological
situation?
V.	Разделите текст на смысловые части и под-
берите к ним названия.
VI.	Расположите пункты плана согласно логи-
ке повествования.
1.	Acid rains.
2.	The ozone «hole».
3.	People upset nature’s equilibrium.
4.	The increase of the average temperature.
5.	The main practical measures to improve the
ecological situation.
6.	The tropical forest.
VII. Используя факты из текста, расскажите
1.	How the human race has upset the nature’s
equilibrium.
2.	The impact of acid rains and ozone «holes» on
the life on the Earth.
3.	What we can do to improve the ecologies I
situation.
223
Scientific
and Technological Progress
It’s difficult to overestimate the role of science
and technology in our life. They accelerate the
development of civilization and help us tn our
co-operation with nature. Scientists investigate
the laws of the universe, discover the secrets of
nature, and apply their knowledge in practice
improving the life of people.
Let’s compare our life nowadays with the life
of people at the beginning of the 20th century.
It has changed beyond recognition. Our
ancestors hadn’t the slightest idea of the trivial
things created by the scientific progress that
we use in our every day life. I mean refrigerators,
TV sets, computers, microwave ovens, radio
telephones, what not. They would seem miracle
to them that made our life easy, comfortable and
pleasant. On the other hand, the great inventions
of the beginning of the 20th century, I mean
radio, aeroplanes, combustion and jet engines
have become usual things and we can’t imagine
our life without them.
A century is a long period for scientific
and technological progress, as it’s rather rapid.
Millions of investigations, the endless number
of outstanding discoveries have been made.
Our century has had several names that were
connected with a certain era in science and
technology. At first it was called the atomic
age due to the discovery of the splitting of the
atom. Then it became the age of the conquest of
space when for the first time in the history of
224
piankind a man overcame the gravity and
entered the Universe. And now we live in the
information era when the computer network
embraces the globe and connects not only the
countries and space stations but a lot of people
^11 over the world. All these things prove the
power and the greatest progressive role of science
in our life.
But every medal has its reverse. And the rapid
scientific progress has aroused a number of
problems that are a matter of our great concern.
rfhese are ecological problems, the safety of nuclear
power stations, the nuclear war threat, and the
Responsibility of a scientist.
But still we are grateful to the outstanding
jnen of the past and the present who have courage
snd patience to disclose the secrets of the Universe.
Vocabulary
e matter of great concern		вопрос, вызывающий озабоченность
accelerate v.	[aek'sebreit]	ускорять
^pply v.	[a'plai]	применять, употреблять
grouse v. peyond recognition	[a'rauz]	вызывать до неузнаваемости
combustion engine	[kam'bAstJn encfcin] двигатель внутреннего сгорания	
conquest n.	['knrjkwest]	покорение
courage n.	['клпсЬ]	смелость
disclose v.	[dis'klauz].	обнаруживать, раскрывать
embrace v. endless a.	[im'breis]	охватывать бесконечный
gravity n.	[ 'graviti]	сила тяжести, притяжение, гравитация
investigate u. j et engine	[in'vestigeit]	исследовать реактивный двигатель
piiracle n. g Зак. 151	['mirakl] 225	чудо
Our ancestors
hadn’t the slightest
idea of ...
overestimate v.	[auva'restimeit]
patience n.	[peijbns]
rapid a. responsibility n.	[ns.ponsa'biliti]
reverse n.	[n'v3:s]
splitting n threat n.	[Oret]
trivial a.	[trivial]
universe n.	[ ju:niv3:s]
У наших предков не было
ни малейшего представ-
ления о...
переоценивать
терпение
быстрый, скорый
ответственность
оборотная сторона
расщепление
угроза
обыденный
вселенная, мир
I. Отметьте в тексте предложения, являющие-
ся эквивалентами русских.
1.	Трудно переоценить роль науки и техники в
нашей жизни.
2.	Наши предки не имели ни малейшего пред-
ставления об обыденных вещах, созданных про-
грессом науки, которыми мы пользуемся каж-
дый день.
3.	Были проведены миллионы исследований и
сделано бесконечное число выдающихся от-
крытий.
4.	Но у любой медали есть оборотная сторона.
5.	И всё же мы благодарны великим учёным про-
шлого и настоящего, у которых есть мужество и
терпение раскрывать секреты Вселенной.
II. Заполните пропуски подходящими по смыс-
лу словами.
1.	Science and technology ... the development of
civilization and help us in our ... with nature.
2.	Trivial things created by the scientific progress
would seem ... to our ancestors.
3.	The great inventions made our life easy,... and ....
4.	A century is a long period for ... and ... progress,
as it’s rather ....
226
5.	Now we live in the .... when the computer
network ... the globe and ... not only the countries
and space stations, but a lot of... all over the world.
6.	Rapid scientific progress has ... a number of
problems that are a matter of our great ....
III.	Опираясь на содержание прочитанного тек-
ста, закончите предложения, используя
предлагаемые варианты.
1.	Scientists investigate the laws of the Universe,
discover the secrets of nature and then
a)	write thick books improving the life of
people.
b)	invent different machines improving the
life of people.
c)	apply their knowledge in practice improving
the life of people.
2.	Our life nowadays, as compared with the life of
people at the beginning of the 20th century,
a) has not changed at all.
b)	has changed beyond recognition.
c)	has become more pleasant and comfortable.
3.	Our century has had several names that were
connected with
a)	a certain era in science and technology.
b)	a certain era in art and music.
c)	the development of the society.
IV.	Ответьте на вопросы.
1.	What is the role of science and technology in
our life?
2.	What things, which we use in our daily life, would
seem miracles to our ancestors?
3.	How have great inventions changed our life?
4.	What is our century called? Why?
5.	Why was it called the atomic age?
227
6.	What problems has the rapid scientific progress
aroused?
7.	We are grateful to the great scientists and
inventors, aren’t we?
V.	Разделите текст на смысловые части, подбе-
рите названия к каждой из них.
VI.	Расположите пункты плана согласно логи-
ке повествования.
1.	Things that make our life easy, comfortable and
pleasant.
2.	Every medal has its reverse.
3.	The role of science and technology in our life.
4.	The reason why the 20th century has had several
different names.
VII. Используя факты из текста расскажите о
1.	Trivial things that make our life comfortable,
but would seem miracles to our ancestors.
2.	Why the 20th century was called the atomic age,
the age of the conquest of space and the
information era.
3.	The problems caused by the rapid scientific
progress.
Chernobyl Catastrophe
On the 26th of April 1986 a catastrophe broke
out 12 kilometres off the Belarusian border. It
was the major break-down of the power unit at the
Chernobyl nuclear power station. It is the most
severe catastrophe throughout the entire world
history of the atomic energy use by its scale,
complexity and,long-term consequences.
228
As the result of the explosion of the failed
reactor a huge amount of radioactive substances
was released into the atmosphere. Later on they
left the large fall-out «spots» on the ground
surface. 23% of the territory of Belarus, 4,8%
of the territory of the Ukraine and 0,5% of the
territory of Russia were contaminated.
The radiation situation was determined by
radionuclides with the period of half-decay from
8 days till 24390 years.
After the Chernobyl accident Belarus has become
the zone of the ecological disaster. The situation got
worse because radioactive contamination coincided
with the formerly existing zones of high chemical
pollution. 260,000 hectares of agricultural lands
are forbidden to use for farming purposes.
Thousands of hectares of forests are contaminated
with radioactive elements. The Chernobyl catastrophe
has affected the destinies of millions of people. The
radioactive contamination of the ecosystems has
created the conditions for making it impossible to
conduct the agricultural production and manage
forestry in the normal way for many decades.
In order to decrease the influence of radiation
on the people considerable work was done during
the post-accident period. Measures were taken to
evacuate the people from the most dangerous
districts, to provide for their medical check-up
and treatment. Various measures were carried
out — radioactive decontamination, agricultural
treatment of soil, provision of clean food.
However, these measures are not enough yet.
And international co-operation in this field
serves the interests of the entire mankind.
229
Vocabulary
break-down п.	[ Ъгехкйаип]	авария
coincide v.	[kauin'said]	совпадать
complexity п.	[kam'pleksiti]	сложность
conduct v. considerable a, contaminate v.	[kan'ckkt]	вести значительный заражать, загрязнить
destiny n. determine v.	['destini]	судьба определять, обусловливать
disaster n.	[di'za:sto]	бедствие
entire a.	[in Чаю]	целый
exist v.f existing	[ig'zist]	существовать, существующий
explosion n.	[iks р1эизп]	взрыв
failed reactor fall-out n.	['feildn'aekta]	аварийный, неисправный реактор радиоактивные осадки
forestry n. formerly adv. half-decay n. long-term a.	['fbnstn]	лесоводство, лесничество прежде полураспад долговременный
manage v.	['maemcij]	управлять
provide v.	[pro'vaid]	обеспечивать
provision n.	[proven]	обеспечение
scale n.	[skeil]	размер
severe a< the power unit treatment n.	[si via]	тяжёлый, жестокий энергоблок лечение
I. Отметьте в тексте предложения, являющие-
ся эквивалентами русских.
1.	26 апреля 1986 года в 12 километрах от бело-
русской границы на Украине произошла катас-
трофа.
2.	В результате взрыва аварийного реактора в
атмосферу было выброшено огромное количе-
ство радиоактивных веществ.
3.	После чернобыльской аварии Беларусь стала
зоной экологического бедствия.
230
4.	Для того, чтобы уменьшить влияние радиа-
ции на людей после аварии в республике была
проведена значительная работа.
5.	Международное сотрудничество в этой облас-
ти служит интересам всего человечества.
II.	Вставьте пропущенные слова.
1.	It was the major ... of the ...... at the Chernobyl
nuclear power station.
2.	Later on radioactive substances left large ...
«spots» on the ground.
3.	The situation got worse because...coincided
with the ... existing zones of high...
4.	The Chernobyl... has affected the ... of millions
of Belarusian people.
5.	Measures were taken to ... the people from the
most... districts, to ... for their medical... and
III.	Закончите предложения, используя предло-
женные варианты.
1.	It is the most severe catastrophe throughout
a)	the history of Belarus.
b)	the entire world history of atomic energy
use.
c)	the entire world history of industrial
development.
2.	260,000 hectares of agricultural lands
a) are forbidden to use for farming purposes,
b) are forbidden to use for hunting.
c) can be used for farming purposes.
3.	The measures taken are
a)	quite enough.
b)	not enough yet.
c)	unsuccessful.
IV.	Ответьте на вопросы.
1.	When and where did the Chernobyl catastrophe
break out?
2.	Why is it considered to be the most severe
catastrophe?
3.	What are the consequences of the Cherpobyl
catastrophe in Belarus?
4.	What was done in Belarus during the post-
accident period to decrease the influence of
radiation?
5.	Are the measures taken quite enough?
V.	Разделите текст на смысловые части и назо-
вите их.
VI.	Расположите данные пункты плана соглас-
но логике повествования.
1.	Measures were taken to decrease the influence
of radiation.
2.	The catastrophe and its consequences.
3.	Belarus is the zone of ecological disaster.
VII. Используя факты из текста расскажите
1.	about long-term consequences of the Chernobyl
catastrophe.
2.	about the ecological situation in Belarus during
the post-accident period.
3.	about the measures which were taken to decrease
the influence of radiation.
Press is the Mirror of Current Events
Every day millions of newspapers and magazines
are published all over the world. Now it’s difficult
to say how many different newspapers and
232
magazines are issued in our country. The list of
their titles may seem endless. There are different
national and local papers, dailies and weeklies,
some that are issued three times a week and even
monthlies. They satisfy different interests and
tastes.
People subscribe to various papers and magazines,
but they have one common aim. People want to
know what is going on in the world, in the country,
city, town or village, what people are anxious about.
That’s why newspapers and magazines inform the
readers of the current events and home and
international affairs. They inform the readers of
all important developments, give full attention to
the most important national and international
affairs, cany commentaries on the most interesting
events. There are also articles on sports, art, music,
new books. There are interviews with well-known
people and celebrities. Everything printed
corresponds to people’s interests.
As our press is democratic, following the
principle of freedom of speech, it makes readers
acquainted with different opinions on various
problems.
As for me, I subscribe to «Computer News».
It’s a weekly for specialists and entrepreneurs.
In Britain such newspapers are called quality
newspapers, because they are serious and cover
news thoughtfully. In «Computer News» you can
find all the necessary information on computer
world: new discoveries and inventions, network,
software, hardware, interesting and entertaining
facts, advertisements. The paper has a supplement,
which contains information about the computer
233
market: prices peripherals on This newspa Personally I, fii you are interes' to subscribe to «	, sellers, types of computers and sale. iper has a circulation of 10500. nd it useful and interesting. And if ted in all these things I advise you Computer News» . You won’t regret. Vocabulary
acquaint v. advertisement n. affair n. attention n. carry v. circulation n. common a. correspond v. current events developments n. entrepreneur n. hardware n.	[a'kweint]	знакомить [ad'v3:tismant] реклама, объявление [o'fea]	дело внимание передавать [, S3:kju'leijh]	тираж (газеты, журнала) [кшпэп]	общий соответствовать ['kArontfvents] текущие события события, обстоятельства [опТгарга'пз:] предприниматель составные части компьютера
issue v. local a. magazine n. network n. newspaper n. peripherals n.	['isjut]	выпускать, издавать [ЧэикэЦ	местный [тждэ'гЁп]	журнал сеть ['nju:stpeipa]	газета [pa'nfaralz]	периферийные устройства компьютера
price n. print u. publish v. satisfy v.	[prais]	цена печатать [ 'pAbliJ]	издавать ['ssetisfai]	удовлетворять, соответствовать
seller n. software n. subscribe v.	продавец [ softweo]	программное обеспечение [sab'skraib]	подписываться на (газеты, журналы и т. д.)
supplement n. thoughtfully adv' title n.	[ SAphmant]	приложение [ 'Ooitfuli]	содержательно [taitl]	название, заглавие 234
I. Отметьте в тексте предложения, являющие-
ся эквивалентами русских.
1.	Каждый день во всём мире издаются милли-
оны газет и журналов.
2.	Люди хотят знать, что происходит в мире, в
стране, в городе или деревне, где они живут.
3.	Всё напечатанное соответствует интересам
людей.
4.	В Британии такие газеты называют газетами
высокого качества, потому что они серьёзно и
содержательно подают новости.
5.	Лично я считаю эту газету полезной и инте-
ресной.
II. Заполните пропуски подходящими по смыс-
лу словами.
1.	The list of their ... may seem ....
2.	People ... to various newspapers and ..., but they
have one ... aim.
3.	Newspapers and magazines inform the ... of the
... events and home and international....
4.	As our press is ..., following the principle of ...
of ... it makes readers acquainted with different
... on various problems.
5.	As for me, I... to ... .
III.	Ответьте на вопросы.
1.	Is it easy to say how many newspapers and
magazines are issued in our country?
2.	What kinds of newspapers and magazines are
issued in our country?
3.	Why do people subscribe to newspapers and
magazines?
4.	What kind of information can they find there?
5.	Is our press democratic?
6.	What is your favourite newspaper (magazine)?
235
IV.	Используя факты из текста, расскажите о
1.	The role of press in our life.
2.	The newspaper (magazine) you subscribe to.
The Role of TV in our Life
TV is one of the best inventions the man has ever
made. We are beginning to forget what the world
was without TV. Everybody knows what a great
force TV is in the world today. Thanks to TV we get
a great amount of information. It gives wonderful
possibilities for education. It enriches our intellect.
We also become better informed by watching
documentaries, science programmes, discussions and
by learning the most important issues of the day.
TV gives an opportunity to see the best actors,
sport matches, to meet famous people. TV brings
the world to our room. We see people in our country
and in other lands and learn about their customs,
occupations, traditions, problems. We become
cultured people by learning more of the arts.
Television helps us to relax after a hard day’s
work, so we can then cope better with the next
day’s work. Besides, there is a considerable amount
of TV programmes: News, different talk-shows,
TV games, concerts and variety shows, sport
programmes, feature films, serials and so on and
so forth. They are of great entertainment value
and provide useful topics for conversation. A lot
of these programmes are very popular. For example,
News deal with political and social problems of
modern society. Their aim is to give analysis of
the problems and show different view points. They
236
are concerned with the country’s national events,
the most topical political problems of the day.
Musical Review presents songs, pop groups, folk
songs. It is very popular with TV viewers.
Thus, we can say that TV is a great force which
attracts millions of people to the screens.
But tastes differ. Some people are against TV.
They say that TV is doing a lot of harm. It occupies
a lot of free time. People used to have hobbies, to
meet with friends, to go to the cinema or theatre, to
read books, to listen to music. Nowadays many people
sit watching TV hour by hour. They don’t read
books, they don’t do sports, they begin to forget the
art of conversation. Watching TV for a long time
may lead' to poor health and ruin eye-sight.
But nobody makes you watch TV for hours.
You can simply switch off your TV-set. But
nobody can deny the fact, that TV is a great force
in the world today.
Television, Computers, Books
As far as books and computers are concerned, I
can say in my firm confidence that computers will
never replace books. First because they fulfil
different functions. It’s true that both books and
computers contain information. But one computer
is worth the whole library. So perhaps, computers
will replace reference books because it’s quicker
and easier to find the necessary information in
the computer than in reference books.
But I’m sure computers can’t be compared to
fiction. Historical novels, adventure books, detective
237
stories, science fiction, romance, poems, which we
read for pleasure or if they are recommended by
teachers create a special atmosphere. They take us
into the imaginary world of high human emotions,
exciting relations. A computer can help you in
reading these books without turning the pages
but working on the computer demands certain
effort. You are to sit straight, not to stoop, you
keep your finger on the keyboard. Besides
computers have a harmful impact on the eyesight.
In my opinion, it’s impossible to read «War and
Peace» on the screen. We’ll lack something
important: the invisible contact with the writer
who speaks with us from the passed centuries.
As to TV, it’s role is. expressed in the proverb,
«It’s better to see than to hear». Paraphrasing it we
can say it’s good to see after you have read. Screen
versions of literary masterpieces add much to our
understanding the author and arouse unforgettable
emotions. But books are the greatest wonders in the
world, which bring us knowledge and bring us up.
Through centuries and distances we can keep in
touch with the greatest minds in the universe.
Vocabulary
arouse v,	[o'rauz]
as far as smth.
is concerned
be worth	[w3:0]
contain v.	
create и.	[kri: eit]
demand v.	[di'mamd]
effort n.	['efat]
exciting a.	[ik'saitnj]
eyesight n.	[ 'aisait]
вызывать, пробуждать
что касается
стоить
содержать
создавать
требовать
усилие, напряжение
волнующий,
захватывающий
зрение
238
fiction n.
firm confidence
fulfil v.
function n.
harmful a.
imaginary a.
impact n.
invisible a.
keyboard n.
lack v.
masterpiece n.
mind n.
paraphrase v.
reference book
relation n.
replace v.
romance n.
science fiction
screen n.
stoop v.
gtraight adv.
unforgettable a.
[fikfn]	художественная
литература,
беллетристика
['knnfidons] твёрдая уверенность
[ful'fil]	выполнять
[ 'fAT)kJn]	функция
вредный
воображаемый
влияние, воздействие
[in'vizabl]	невидимый
[ 'ki:bo:d]	клавиатура
испытывать недостаток,
нуждаться
шедевр
[maind]	ум
[ pserafreiz]	перефразировать
[ 'refrens]	справочник
отношение
заменять
[га'mans] роман (рыцарский,
приключенческий)
научная фантастика
[skrtn]	экран
[stuzp]	сутулиться
[ Streit]	прямо
незабываемый
TV and Radio
Radio and TV are mass, media which keep people
informed on the topical issues of the day. Both
on radio and TV you can listen to a programme
on sports, art, news, music and weather. The
difference is that on TV you can see everything
you’ve heard about. And it’s an important
advantage. Besides, there are a lot of entertaining
programmes on TV, a lot of feature, documentary
films which provoke hot discussions. But watching
TV is often a waste of time.
239
Radio is preferable to TV when you are at work
and need information or have to focus your attention
on something else. For example, when you drive a
car, it’s better to listen to radio than to watch TV.
But both radio and TV play an important role
in our life as well as newspapers. They give the
full coverage of the latest events, comment on the
most important developments, political and
domestic affairs. They acquaint us with different
views and opinions. Thus, they contribute to the
development of the information network.
That’s why in the recent years there has been the
increase in the amount of time spent watching TV.
Though it depends on the season, the age of the
viewers and social class. For example, TV viewing
is less popular in summer than in winter. It is more
popular with old people than with other age groups.
Professional and managerial classes watch less than
the unskilled. Besides, women watch more than men.
acquaint v.
amount n.
contribute v.
coverage n.
documentary n.
entertaining a.
feature film
in the recent years
increase n.
leisure time
managerial a.
mass media
observer n.
opinion n.
Vocabulary
	знакомить
[a'maunt]	количество
	способствовать
I'kAvancfc]	охват, освещение по радио
[jdukju'menton]	документальный фильм
[.enta'teimrj]	развлекательный
[Wo]	художественный фильм
[ 'ri:snt]	в последние годы
['inkiis]	увеличение, возрастание
[Чезэ]	свободное время
[.mana'cfcianal]	административный
[mas mi:dp]	средства массовой
информации
обозреватель
[a pmjan] мнение
240
professional classes
лица свободной профессии
или интеллигентного
труда — адвокаты, врачи,
архитекторы,
provoke v.
topical issue
unskilled a.
view n.
viewer n.
waste n.
[pro'vauk]
[ 'tnpikal 'isju:]
['vjurol
[weist]
преподаватели и т. п.
вызывать, провоцировать
злободневная проблема
неквалифицированный
взгляд, мнение
телезритель
бесполезная трата
I.	Отметьте в текстах о телевидении предложе-
ния, являющиеся эквивалентами русских.
1.	Что касается книг и компьютеров, я твёрдо уве-
рен, что компьютеры никогда не заменят книги.
2.	Я уверен, что компьютеры нельзя сравнить с
художественной литературой.
3.	Исторические романы, приключенческие кни-
ги, детективы, научная фантастика, романы и
стихи, которые мы читаем ради удовольствия
или по рекомендации учителей, создают осо-
бую атмосферу.
4.	Книги — это величайшее чудо в мире. Они
дают знания и воспитывают нас. Через вре-
мена и расстояния мы можем соприкоснуть-
ся с величайшими умами человечества.
5.	Радио и телевидение — это средства мае ?й
информации, которые информируют людей об
основных событиях сегодняшнего дня, воспи-
тывают население и помогают провести сво-
бодное время.
6.	Радио и телевидение знакомят нас с различ-
ными взглядами и мнениями.
II. Заполните пропуски подходящими по смыс-
лу словами.
1.	One computer is ... the whole ....
241
2.	Books take us into the ... world of high ...
emotions, ... relations.
3.	You are to sit..., not to ..., you keep your finger
on the ...; besides, computers have a harmful...
on the ....
4.	... and ... classes watch TV less than the ....
5.	TV and radio give the full... of the latest..., comjnent
on the most important...» political... help us to
understand international and domestic ....
III.	Закончите предложения, используя предла-
гаемые варианты.
1.	It is quicker and easier to find the necessary
information
a)	in the reference book.
b)	watching TV.
c)	in the computer.
2.	A computer can help you in reading books without
turning the pages but working on the computer
a) has a harmful impact on the eyesight,
b) demands certain effort.
. c) doesn’t bring pleasure.
3.	Screen versions of literary masterpieces add
much to our understanding
a) the author and arouse unforgettable emotions,
b) the art of film production.
c) the problems of film making industry.
4.	In the recent years there has been
a)	the fall in the amount of time spent watching
TV.
b)	the increase in the amount of time spent
listening to the radio.
c)	the increase in the amount of time spent
watching TV.
5.	Radio and TV contribute to
a) the increase of radio- andTV-set production,
b) the development of the information network,
c) the development of the economy.
242
IV.	Ответьте на вопросы.
1.	Can you compare books and computers?
2.	What books can computers replace?
3.	What is the advantage of reading books?
4.	What books do you like to read?
5.	What efforts do computers demand?
6.	Books are the greatest wonders in the world,
aren’t they?
7.	What are radio and TV?
8.	Will you compare the role of radio and TV in our life?
9.	Why do people spend much time watching TV?
10,	When is radio better than TV?
11.	What are your favourite radio and TV programmes?
V.	Прочтите тексты ещё раз и разделите их на
смысловые части. Подберите названия к ним.
VI.	Сравните
The role and the place of TV, radio, computers
and books in our life.
My Future Career
It’s rather difficult sometimes to choose a
career and to speak about the future profession.
I’d say it’s because a lot may change in our life in
a moment. There are lucky people who chose their
profession in childhood and since that time have
been doing everything possible to acquire
proficiency. But they are few.
If we are not indifferent to our future, while
thinking about the future career we are to pay
attention to a number of important things. We
should determine our abilities and inclinations. Then
243
we should analyse job prospects. We must know
whether the profession we have chosen will guarantee
good living conditions and give promotion. We
must be sure we’ll avoid unemployment or at least
will be able to apply our knowledge and skills in
other fields of human activity. In short, we are to
decide what we are going to do in our life and-feel
satisfied, but not bored or disappointed.
When I was a fifth-former I dreamt of becoming
a doctor. I wanted to be a surgeon and treat people
and save their lives. I admired the courage and
generosity of surgeons. But then I noticed I can’t
bare the sight of blood, I’m not able to deal with
surgical instruments. And I gave up this idea.
At that time I realized that I was fond of
English. I was always good at English at school.
And when we got acquainted with the English
and American literature, the lessons of British
and American Studies I understood that I want
to have a perfect command of the English language
and become a good specialist in English.
So I do my best to master the language because
I have made up my mind to apply to the Linguistic
University and become either a teacher or an
interpreter. I haven’t chosen it yet. Both professions
are interesting and necessary in our society.
Perhaps, I’ll keep our family tradition and become
a teacher of English. But I’ll think about it
tomorrow if I enter the University.
Vocabulary
ability n.
acquire v.
apply v.
[o'biliti]	способность
[o'kwaia]	приобретать, получать,
достигать
[o'plai]	применять, употреблять
244
avoid г.
bo borod
1)0 (I inn Pl mH fi | i‘(l
Cllt'OOl* II
0011ПЦ10 II.
(lol.OI III I no f
gOIIOI*» Hilly II
tflvti up I'.
tflUII illlloo I’
I cnil’l I HI I О
inrllinil Inn и
itll.oi pl oloi n
livilIK ...............
I и no I in I ho lit up. n.'ipe
porfoi I i oluiniitid
nl I ho hiiip 11jij*<•
piidh Il'ih у и
proinol Inn n
pt'iinpoi l I)
roidl/o r
HIll'Ml’nll II
IIIIPII111 li»\ Hirri I li
[a'void]	избегать
[bo:d]	скучать
[diso'pointid]	быть разочарованным
[кэ'по]	карьера
Гклпф]	мужество
[di't3:min]	определять
[djeno'iusiti]	щедрость бросить, отказаться
[gzeran'ti:]	гарантировать я не выношу, мне не нравится
[, inklf neifnj	наклонность, склонность
[in't3:pnta]	переводчик жизненный уровень изучать язык совершенное владение языком
[pra'fijansi]	опытность, мастерство
[pro'maufn]	продвижение (по службе)
[ 'piuspekt]	перспектива
[ nalaiz]	осознать, понять
['sszdjon]	хирург
['AnirrTploimant]	безработица
I, (h метьте в тексте предложения, являющие-
< и	к и валентами русских.
L Я тин считаю, потому что многое в нашей жиз-
ни меняется в один миг.
2. Кепи нам небезразлично наше будущее, обду-
м । ,| па я свою карьеру, мы должны обратить вни-
мание на многие вещи.
И. М и /и и1жны быть уверены, что избежим без-
I нН и ггп цы или, по крайней мере, сможем при-
мпнпть свои знания в других областях чело-
|4гчг<кой деятельности.
J. Я декпо всё от меня зависящее, чтобы овла-
деть языком, так как я решила поступать в
.11 пнгвистический университет и стать или
учите нем, ИЛИ ПврвВОДЧИКОМ.
h. Я надумаю об этом завтра, если поступлю в
ун и иерситет.
245
II. Заполните пропуски подходящими по смыс-
лу словами.
1.	It’s rather difficult sometimes to choose a ...
and to speak about the future ....
2.	We should ... our abilities and ....
3.	In short, we are to decide what we are going to
do in our life and feel ..., but not bored or .x. .
4.	I wanted to be a ... and treat people and ... their
lives.
5.	I want to have a....of the English language
and become a good ... in English.
III.	Закончите предложения, используя предло-
женные варианты.
1.	There are lucky people who
a)	chose their profession in childhood.
b)	do everything possible to acquire proficiency.
c)	avoid unemployment.
2.	We must know whether the profession we have
chosen will
a)	be interesting and entertaining.
b)	guarantee good living conditions and high
salary.
c)	be in fashion.
3.	At that time I realized that
a)	I was fond of making something with my
own hands.
b)	I was fond of English.
с)	I enjoyed singing.
4.	So I do my best to master the language because
a) I want to work abroad.
b)	I made up my mind to apply to the Linguistic
University.
c)	my parents want me to be an interpreter.
IV.	Прочитайте текст ещё раз и разделите его
на смысловые части. Подберите название к
каждой из них.
246
V.	Ответьте на вопросы.
1.	Is it easy to choose a career?
2.	Л re there many people who chose their career in
childhood?
3.	What should we pay attention to while choosing
a career?
4.	Have’ you chosen your future profession yet?
5.	What are you good at?
(J. W ha L do you know about your future profession?
VI. Расскажите о
1. What we think about while choosing a profession.
2. Your plans Гог the future.
Foreign Languages in the Life of
an Educated Person
Today It bi <|иite evident that everyone should
know nt lniitiL one foreign language.
Knowing one or more foreign languages makes
it ponalble to get acquainted with different ways of
thinking, Io understand a new civilization. Learning
a foreign language stimulates mental abilities and
given yon n clinncc to appreciate a new literature, a
diffnrenl cull lire mid to broaden your horizons.
llcHldon, It i iow i i ig f< >reign languages has a practical
value. II, intilten il easier to choose a profession and
provide Job promotion. It helps to improve the
quality of your work, because it reduces the time lost
on obtaining I he necessary information. At present
many profoanloiiM, such as a pilot, a doctor, an engineer,
a coainoiiaiil rind ninny others, require a working
knowledge of nt least one foreign language.
247
People all over the world speak almost 3,000
languages. Some languages are spoken by millions
of people, others by only hundreds of them. The
most wide-spread language in the world is Chinese.
350 million people speak English as their first
language. About the same number use it as a second
language. Russian is also one of the most prevalent,
expressive and rich languages in the world. 240
million people speak Russian nowadays.
Among the great number of languages that
exist on our planet today there are some which
stand out. Scientists distinguish 13 great languages.
These are the languages that are spoken by no
less than 50 per cent of people on the Earth. They
are Chinese, English, Russian, Spanish, Hindi and
Urdu, Indonesian, Arabic, Bengali, Portuguese,
Japanese, German, French, Italian.
A person who knows these languages can speak
to and understand almost 2 thousand million people
and doesn’t suffer from the language barrier. To
state the significance of this or that language one
must take into consideration not only its prevalence
but the quantity of printed production. For instance,
the largest number of books is published in Russian
including technical literature. The greatest number
of press production is published in English. As
far as books are concerned, the largest number of
them is translated from English, Russian, French
and German accordingly.
Today there are a lot of people in Europe and Asia
who know several languages. A person who knows
several languages is called a polyglot. They are not
few. The name of Henrich Schlimann, a famous
German archaeologist who discovered Troy is known
248
all over the world. It took him two years to learn
the first two foreign languages. Later on it took
him several weeks to master another foreign
language. Among polyglots there are champions.
Thus, Cardinal Mezzophanti who lived in the middle
of the last century knew 100 languages. Professor
Hesstermann from Germany knew 132 languages.
The more languages man knows, the easier is the way
he masters a new one. As polyglots say it is difficult
to begin. But when you start learning a third
language «everything is going on swimmingly».
It Is within everyone’s power to know, read and
speak a foreign language. But one should regard
learning a foreign language as a very important
and serious task. The knowledge of other languages
is very useful, especially if you have to work abroad
0Г if you must read foreign literature in the original.
If you know the language of a foreign country, you
can talk to its people and understand what they are
speaking about without anybody’s help. The
knowledge of foreign languages also helps young
people of di I ferent countries to develop friendship.
As for me, I am learning English, because in the
recent years it has become not only an international
language, it is now a number one language in the
world. Besides, English is becoming a lingua franca.
It la Vised a great deni by businessmen from different
countries, which don’t have a common language, in
order to do Ьим1пенн. It is already a ligua franca at
international conferences. Besides, every person
who travels in Europe, Asia or Africa, even in
South America gala around by using English. So
English in becoming more and more the language
for practical пне.
249
English has become the world’s most important
language in politics, science, trade and cultural
relations, aviation, international sport and pop
music. It is nowadays second only to Chinese. It
is the official language in 44 countries: the United
Kingdom of Great Britain and Northern Ireland,
the United States of America, Australia, New
Zealand and others. It is used as one of the official
languages in Canada, the Irish Republic. It is
also spoken as a second language by many people
in India, Pakistan and numerous countries in
Africa, to say nothing of people all over the world
who know English as a foreign language. From
the British Isles English spread all over the world.
75 per cent of the world’s mail is in English, 60
per cent of the world’s radio stations broadcast
in English and more than a half of the world’s
periodicals are printed in English.
It is known, different languages can come into
fashion or go out of it. It is generally considered
that the most fashionable language in the world
nowadays is English. Spanish also becomes very
popular. It is learnt nowadays more often than
earlier. Oriental languages are also widespread
today. Learning a foreign language has a practical
value but the choice of a foreign language sometimes
depends on a fashion, if under fashion we mean
the demands of life and society. Thus, the knowledge
of a foreign language today is a life necessity.
Vocabulary
барьер
соображение
[di'maznd] требование
250
barrier n,
consideration n.
demand n.
distinguish p.
evident a,
fashion n.
lingua fraium
prevalent a.
promotion n.
quantity n.
reduos u.
regard u
require u.
significant a.
stand out u.
swimmingly adv.
[dis'tujgwifl	выделять, различать
| evidant]	очевидный, ясный
I'fiefon]	мода
| liijgwo'fraegka]	широко распространённый
	язык
| prevalent]	распространённый
Ipro'maujn]	продвижение по службе
| kwontiti]	количество
|n'dju:s]	сокращать считать, рассматривать
[n'kwaia]	требовать
[sig'mfikant]	важный выделяться гладко, без помех, как по
маслу
I. Отметьте в тексте предложения, являющие-
ся эквивалентами русских.
1. Сегодня вполне очевидно, что каждый человек
должен знать хотя бы один иностранный язык.
2. На некоторых языках говорят миллионы лю-
дей, на других — только сотни.
8. Как говорят полиглоты, это сложно только в
начале. Но когда вы начинаете изучать тре-
тий язык, всё идёт, как по маслу.
4. Английский язык часто используется бизнес-
менами из разных стран, где говорят на раз-
ных языках, для ведения дел.
б. Изучение иностранного языка имеет практи-
ческое значение, но выбор языка иногда зави-
сит от моды.
II. Заполните пропуски подходящими по смыс-
лу словами.
1.	Knowing a foreign language makes it easier to
choose a profession and helps to ... the quality of
your work because it ... the time lost on ... the
necessary information.
251
2.	To state the ... of this or that language one must
take into ... not only its ... but the ... of printed
production.
3.	A person who knows several foreign languages
is called a ... .
4.	English is becoming a.....
5.	Under fashion we mean the ... of life* and
society.
III.	Закончите предложения, используя предло-
женные варианты.
1.	Knowing one or more foreign languages makes
it possible
a)	to get acquainted with different ways of
thinking, to understand a new civilization.
b)	to develop friendship.
c)	to reduce time lost on obtaining the
necessary information.
2.	Among the great number of languages that exist
on our planet today there are
a)	languages spoken by millions of people.
b)	different fashionable languages.
c)	13 great languages.
3.	The knowledge of other languages is useful,
especially if you
a)	want to understand what foreigners say.
b)	have to work abroad.
c)	have to sing foreign songs.
4.	English is becoming the language
a)	which is spoken by millions of people.
b)	for practical use.
c)	of sport and pop music.
5.	It’s generally considered that the most fashionable
language in the world is
a)	Spanish.
b)	Russian.
c)	English.
252
IV.	Ответьте на вопросы.
1.	How can you get acquainted with new cultures,
civilizations or new ways of thinking?
2.	Does a foreign language have practical value?
3.	How many languages do people speak?
4.	What are 1 3 great languages?
5.	What do we call a person who knows several
foreign languages?
6,	Do you know champions among polyglots?
7.	la It саму to learn several languages?
H. Why hi the к nowledge of a foreign language useful?
9.	Why do you learn English?
10,	Englinh is becoming a lingua franca, isn’t it?
What does it mean?
11.	Where is English spoken as an official language?
12,	Can you prove that English has spread all over
the world?
13.	Can yon nay that English is the most fashionable
hinguagr nowadays? Why?
V	. Прочитайте текст ещё раз и разделите его
ни смысловые части. Подберите название к
Кй/Кдой из них.
VL	1’йГ1нин1жмт(‘ пункты плана согласно логи-
ке повествования.
1.	Polyglots speak several languages.
2,	TIici г hi r 3000 languages on the Earth.
8,	I nin learning English.
4. Evoi yone should know at least one foreign
language,
VIC Расскажите о
I Pi hi I leal value of a foreign language.
3= English is becoming a lingua franca.
3 'Tin icanons you study English,
Содержание
Раздел I. Topics. Elementary Level..............5
About myself ................................5
People in the Family ........................6
My Flat......................................9
Daily Life..................................12
At the English Lesson ......................15
Books.......................................17
Food ...................................... 19
Holidays....................................21
Victory Day.................................25
Pets........................................25
Clothing. Shopping..........................28
Seasons ................... ................30
The English Year............................33
Halloween.........................'.........34
Nature .....................................36
English Primary School ...................  39
School Life ................................42
My Favourite Subject .......................45
My Native Town..............................50
Travelling .................................54
Раздел II. Topics. Pre-Intermediate Level......59
Introducing Myself .........................59
My Family...................................63
My Flat.....................................67
My Friend ..................................71
Hobbies.....................................74
Reading in Our Life ....................    77
My School ..................................80
At the Doctor’s.......................  ....	84
Cinema. «Titanic»  .........................89
Sports......................................94
254
My Favourite »4porLniiinn .......................98
Mimic in Our Life..............................101
My Favourite* Conipoaor........................105
My Going to the Thrntrn.........................108
Раздел III. Topics. Inlrimediate Level............Ill
Groat Brltnln In Brief .........................Ill
History of (heal. Brilniii ....................118
London......................................... 126
Education In Grant Brilnin ....................135
Thn Geography of thu USA .......................140
Washington, IM’ ............................... 148
Thn History of Hip I ISA .......................151
The UH Hynlani of Ed осп lion...................156
Ths Itusnlnn FimIcu nl.ion .....................163
Moscow..........................................167
BtllnrUS —	............................ 172
History of Bidnius .............................177
Minsk , ... ..... . ............................184
Education in Наки пи............................190
Efrusinyn pololsknyii...........................196
M. LoiuonuMov ...,..............................200
A. Pushkin .....................................205
Lnonnrdn da Vinci...............................212
NnlUin ProliJcLIun .............................217
Auld ttnl им ...................................218
DaplMiou of Ilii’ Ozone Ln yer..................218
Basil in lion nf the Tropical Forest ...........219
Mansion* l.o Ik' Taken.............-..........  219
Hidanllflr and Tnrhnological Progress...........224
UhniiiohyI (’nlnnlrophe ........................228
plhhh in I hr Mirror of Current Events..........232
Tlia Ио|н of TV In our Life ....................236
Television, (‘(♦nipulru H, Books ...............237
TV mid tlndlo...................................239
Mv Fill in н I’liiwr ...........................243
Fin pign LiuigiingcH in the Life of an Educated
Ppi son ........................................247
По вопросу приобретения книг обращаться:
тел. (017) 210-18-98; e-mail: trade@aversev.by
Для писем: а/я 135, 220123, Минск.
Учебное издание
ШКОЛЬНИКАМ, АБИТУРИЕНТАМ, УЧАЩИМСЯ
Сушкевич Алла Станиславовна
Маглыш Марина Алексеевна
АНГЛИЙСКИЙ ЯЗЫК
УСТНЫЕ ТЕМЬ! С УПРАЖНЕНИЯМИ
12-е издание
Ответственный за выпуск Д. Л. Демфовский
Подписано в печать 18.01.2011. Формат 84x108 х/ад*
Бумага типографская. Печать офсетная. Усл.печ.л. 13.44.
Тираж 3100 экз. Заказ 151.
Общество с дополнительной ответственностью < Аверсэв».
ЛИ№02330/0494066 от 03.02,2009. Контактный телефон (017) 210-18-98.
E-mail: info@aversev.by; www.aversev.by
Ул. М. Богдановича, 129а, 220123, Минск.
Для писем: а/я 135, 220123, Минск.
Республиканское унитарное предприятие
«Издательство "Белорусский Дом печати”«.
ЛП № 02330/0494179 от 03.04.2009.
Просп. Независимости, 79, 220013, Минск.
Школьникам, абитуриентам,
учащимся
ISBN 978-985-529-708-7